You are on page 1of 150

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 1 of 150

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Appendix
A: Glossary B: Hotkeys References D: Types Reference C: Elements Reference E: Reference to the use of Symbols in PowerFactory F: Interfaces with Other Programs G: The DIgSILENT Programming Language - DPL H: DPL Reference I: DSL Reference

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

Appendix A Glossary
Appliance Base Case Block Definition Block Diagram Branch Elements Busbars Class Composite Frame Composite Model Cubicle DAQ Device DGS DOLE DPL Drag&Drop DSL DSL primitive Edge Elements Element Graphics Board Window Grid Node Object Page Tab Project Result Object Slot Study Case System Stage Type Virtual Instrument Virtual Instrument Panel Appliance

A specific physical, installed, power system component: a specific generator, transformer, busbar, etc. Example: a piece of NKBA 0.6/1kV 4 x 35sm cable, 12.4 meters long.
Base Case

A base case is the highest level in a tree of hierarchical system stage designs. It is the basic power system design, for which one or more alternative designs may be created and analyzed. The base case is always stored in a grid folder.
Block Definition

A block definition is a mathematical model which may be used in other block definitions or in a composite model. Examples are all default controllers (i.e. VCO's, PSS's, MDM's), and all additional user-defined DSL models. A block definition is called "primitive'' when it is directly written in DSL, or "complex'' when it is build from other block definitions, by drawing a block diagram.
Block Diagram

A block diagram is a graphical representation of a DSL model, i.e. a voltage controller, a motor driven machine model or a water turbine model. Block diagrams combine DSL primitive elements and block definitions created by drawing other block diagram. The block models thus created may (again) be used in other block diagrams or to create a Composite Frame. See also: DSL primitive, Composite Frame
Branch Elements

A one port element connected to a node, such as a load or a machine. See also nodes, edge elements.
Busbars

Busbars are particular representations of nodes. Busbars are housed in a Station folder and several busbars may be part of a station.
Class

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 2 of 150

A class is a template for an element, type or other kind of objects like controller block diagrams, object filters, calculation settings, etc. Examples:
The 'TypLne' class is the type model for all lines and cables The 'ElmLne' class is an element model for a specific line or cable The 'ComLdf' class is a load-flow command The 'EvtSwitch' class is an event for a switch to open or close during simulation Composite Frame

A composite frame is a special block diagram which defines a new stand-alone model, mostly without in- or outputs. A composite frame is principally a circuit in which one or more slots are connected to each other. A composite frame is used to create composite models by filling the slots with appropriate objects. The composite frame thus acts as template for a specific kind of composite models. See also: Block Diagram, Slot
Composite Model

A composite model is a specific combination of mathematical models.These models may be power system elements such as synchronous generators, or block definitions, such as voltage controllers, primary mover models or power system stabilizers. Composite models may be used to create new objects, such as protection devices, to 'dress-up' power system elements such as synchronous machines with controllers, prime movers models, etc., or for the identification of model parameters on the basis of measurements.
Cubicle

A cubicle is the connection point between a edge or branch element and a node (represented by a busbar or terminal). It may be visualized as a bay in a switch yard or a panel in a switchgear board. Elements such as CT's, protection equipment, breakers and so forth, are housed in the cubicle, as one would expect to find in reality.
DAQ

Abbreviation for "Data Acquisition''.
Device

A certain kind of physical power system components: certain synchronous machines, two-winding transformers, busbars, or other kinds of equipment. Example: a NKBA 0.6/1kV 4 x 35sm cable.
DGS

Abbreviation for "DIgSILENT Interface for Geographical Informations Systems''.
DOLE

Abbreviation for "DIgSILENT Object Language for Data Exchange''. DOLE was used in previous PowerFactory versions, but replaced by DGS meanwhile. Now, use DGS instead, please. The DOLE import uses a header line with the parameter name. This header must have the following structure:
The first header must be the class name of the listed objects. The following headers must state a correct parameter name. DPL

Abbreviation for "DIgSILENT Programming Language''. For further information, please refer to Chapter G The DIgSILENT Programming Language - DPL .
Drag&Drop

"Drag&Drop'' is a method for moving an object by left clicking it and subsequently moving the mouse while holding the mouse button down ("dragging''). Releasing the mouse button when the new location is reached is called "dropping''. This will move the object to the new location.
DSL

Abbreviation for "DIgSILENT Simulation Language''. For further information, please refer to Chapter 25.9 The DIgSILENT Simulation Language (DSL) .
DSL primitive

A DSL primitive is the same as a primitive block definition. A DSL primitive is written directly in DSL without the use of a block diagram. Examples are PID controllers, time lags, simple signal filters, integrators, limiters, etc. DSL primitives are normally used to build more complex block definitions. See also: Block Definition, Block Diagram
Edge Elements

The elements between two nodes. May also be termed 'two port element.' Source, topological studies; picture a 3 dimensional box, the corners of the box would be called the nodes, and the edges between corners are hence 'edges.' See also nodes, branch elements.
Element

A mathematical model for specific appliances. Most element models only hold the appliance-specific data while the more general type-specific data comes from a typereference. Example: a model of a piece of NKBA 0.6/1kV 4 x 35sm cable, 12.4 meters long, named "FC 1023.ElmLne".
Graphics Board Window

The graphics board window is a multi document window which contains one or more graphical pages. These pages may be single line graphics, virtual instrument pages, block diagrams etc. The graphics board shows page tabs when more than one page is present. These tabs may be used to change the visible page or to change the page order by drag&drop on the page tab. See also: Virtual Instrument, Block Diagram, Page Tab, Drag&Drop
Grid

A Grid is a collection of power system elements which are all stored in one so-called "Grid Folder'' in the database. Normally, a grid forms a logical part of a power system design, like a the MV distribution system in a province, or the HV transport system in a state.
Object

An object is a specific item stored in the database. Examples are specific type or element models which have been edited to model specific devices or appliances. Examples: the element "FC 1023.ElmLne", the type "NKBA_4x35.TypLne", the load-flow command "3Phase.ComLdf"
Node

The mathematical or generic description for what are commonly known as busbars in the electrical world. In PowerFactory nodes may be represented by "Busbars" or "Terminals" of various kinds. These are treated in the same manner in mathematical terms but treated slightly differently in the database. As far as possible the user should use terminals as Busbars can be somewhat inflexible. See also Busbars, Edge Elements, Branch Elements.
Page Tab

Page tabs are small indexes at the edge (mostly on the top or bottom) of a multi-page window. The tabs show the titles of the pages. Left-clicking the page tab opens the corresponding page. Page tabs are used in object dialogues, which often have different pages for different calculation functions, and in the Graphics Board Window, when more than one graphical page is present.
Project

All power system definitions and calculations are stored and activated in a project. The project folder therefore is a basic folder in the user's database tree. All grids that make out the power system design, with all design variants, study cases, commands, results, etc. are stored together in a single project folder.
Result Object

A result object keeps one or more lists of parameters which are to be monitored during a calculation. Results objects are used for building calculation result reports and for defining a virtual instrument.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 3 of 150

See also: Virtual Instrument
Slot

A slot is a place-holder for a block definition in a composite frame. A composite model is created from a composite frame by filling one or more slots with an appropriate object. See also: Block Definition, Composite Frame.
Study Case

A study case is a folder which stores a list of references or shortcuts to grid or system stage folders. These folders are (de)activated when the calculation case folder is (de) activated. Elements in the grid folders that are referenced by the study case form the 'calculation target' for all calculation functions. Elements in all other, non-active, grid folders are not considered for calculation. Besides the list of active folders, the calculation case also stores all calculations commands, results, events, and other objects which are, or have been, used to analyze the active power system. See also: Grid, System Stage
System Stage

A system stage is an alternative design or variation for a particular grid. A system stage is stored in a system stage folder, which keeps track of all differences from the design in the higher hierarchical level. The highest level is formed by the base grid folder. It is possible to have system stages of system stages. See also: Grid, Base Case
Type

A mathematical model for devices: general models for two-winding transformers, two-winding transformers, busbars, etc. A type model only contains the non-specific data valid for whole groups of power system elements. Example: a NKBA 0.6/1kV 4 x 35sm cable type, named "NKBA_4x35.TypLne" See also: System Stage, Grid
Virtual Instrument

A virtual instrument is a graphical representation of calculation results. It may be a line or bar graph, a gauge, a vector diagram, etc. A virtual instrument gets its values from a result object. See also: Result Object.
Virtual Instrument Panel

Virtual instrument panels are one of the possible types of pages in a graphics board window. Virtual instrument panels are used to create and show virtual instruments. Each virtual instrument panel may contain one or more virtual instruments. See also: Graphics Board Window, Virtual Instrument

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

Appendix B Hotkeys References
Graphic Windows Hotkeys Data Manager Hotkeys Dialogue Hotkeys Output Window Hotkeys

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

B.1 Graphic Windows Hotkeys
Combination Alt + Alt + + Alt + Rubberband Alt + Left-click Alt + Left-click Ctrl + A Ctrl + Alt + Shift + P Ctrl + Alt + Scrolling Ctrl + Alt + Scrolling Ctrl + Alt + Scrolling Ctrl + Alt + Scrolling Ctrl + Alt + Scrolling Ctrl + C Ctrl + L Ctrl +Left-click Ctrl + Left-click Ctrl + Left-click Ctrl + M Ctrl + Q Ctrl + X Esc Esc Esc S + Left-click S + Scrolling Shift + Scrolling Shift + Scrolling Tab Element Dialogue Marked Object Marked Busbar Block Marked Terminal Marked Node Marked Element Single Line Graphic, Block Diagrams Element Inserting Loads/Generators Inserting Busbars/Terminals Element Dialogue Single Line Graphic, Block Diagrams Marked Element Connecting Mode Inserting Symbol Animation Mode Element Marked Element Marked Element Marked Textbox Inserting Symbol Rotate element 90° Rotate element 180° Mark Element in the graphic Open Graphic Layer dialogue Cut Interrupt the mode Interrupt and change to graphic cursor Interrupt mode Mark only the symbol of the element Move only the symbol of the element Element can only be moved in the direction of axes After rotation, textbox can be aligned in the direction of axes Jump to next connection Will open the Define Layer dialogue to create a new layer Textbox Element Where/When Single Line Graphic, Block Diagrams, Vi's Single Line Graphic, Block Diagrams, Vi's Zoom out Zoom in Only textboxes inside the rubber band are marked, no parent objects Textbox und Parent-Object are marked All the connected elements will be marked All elements are marked Save a screenshot of the complete monitor as bitmap under C:\Digsi\snapshots Single Objects from a Busbar system can be moved Single objects from a Busbar System can be increased or reduced (size) The stub length of blocks in block diagrams remains when shifting Line-Routes will move to the terminal, instead of terminal to the line Symbol of the connected branch element will not be centered Description

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

marked symbol Marked cell Right.2 Data Manager Hotkeys Combination Alt + F4 Alt + Return Backspace Pag ? Pag ? Ctrl + ? Ctrl + ? Ctrl + A Ctrl + Alt + P Ctrl + Alt + S Ctrl + Alt + Shift + P Ctrl + B Ctrl + C Ctrl + C Ctrl + D Ctrl + F Ctrl + F7 Ctrl + G Ctrl + I Ctrl + Left-click Ctrl + M Ctrl + O Ctrl + Q Ctrl + Q Ctrl + R Ctrl + R Ctrl + R Ctrl + R Ctrl + S Ctrl + Shift + P Ctrl + Tab Ctrl + V Ctrl + W Ctrl + X Ctrl + X End Del Del Esc F2 F3 F4 F5 F8 Pos1 Return Return Return Return Shift + Left-click Right. which lists all the connected stations Activate the project Activate study case Add the grid to the study case Insert the variant to the current study case. cell Detail-Modus Change to next tab Insert the content of the clipboard Change the focus between right and left side Cut object Cut cell content Jump to the last column of the current row Delete marked object Delete the content of the cell Undo the change Change to edit mode Close all opened dialogues to select an element Activate/Deactivate Drag&Drop-Mode Update Open the graphic Jump to the first column of the current row Call the edit dialogue of the marked object Display or close the content of the marked object Confirm changes Call the edit dialogue of the original object Select all the objects between the last marked object and the clicked row Right.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. marked symbol Marked cell Right Right. The object class depends on the current position Select the object Move the object Change between the display of out of service and no relevant objects for calculation Close the station graphic Call the dialogue Select Station. station.de B. Project Right Right Edit dialogue open Edit dialogue open Right Right.digsilent. after change in the line Right.4 Output Window Hotkeys Combination Pag (up arrow) Pag (down arrow) Where/When Page up Page down Description file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.3 Dialogue Hotkeys Combination Ctrl + A Ctrl + Alt + P Ctrl + Alt + Shift + P F1 Where/When Input field Mark the content Save screenshot of the dialogue as bitmap under C:\Digsi\snapshots Save screenshot of the complete monitor as bitmap under C:\Digsi\snapshots Online help Description DIgSILENT GmbH www.de B. cell Right.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Graphic-Object Right Right links Right. Link Where/When Close data manager Open the edit dialogue of the element Jump one directory up Scroll a page up Scroll a page down Call the edit dialogue of the next object from the list and closes the current dialogue Call the edit dialogue of the previous object from the list and closes the current dialogue Mark all Save screenshot of the data manager as bitmap under C:\Digsi\snapshots Open the share dialogue Save screenshot of the complete monitor as bitmap under C:\Digsi\snapshots Change to next tab Copy marked object Copy the value of the marked cell Change between normal and detail mode Call the Filter dialogue Like Ctrl + R Go to line Call the dialogue Select Element. symbol Right.digsilent. element with more than one connection Project Study case Grid Variant Left Right Right Detail-Modus Marked object. if the corresponding grid is not in the study case Description DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent. Busbar or element with a connection Right.htm 07/10/2011 .de B. link Marked object. in order to insert a new object.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 4 of 150 DIgSILENT GmbH www. after change in the line Right.

de Appendix C Elements Reference 2-Winding Transformers (ElmTr2/ElmTr2n) 3-Winding Transformer (ElmTr3) Asynchronous Machine (ElmAsm) Booster Transformer (ElmTrb) Cable System (ElmCabsys) Common Impedance (ElmZpu) DC/DC Converter (ElmDcdc) Doubly Fed Induction Machine (ElmAsmsc) External Network (ElmXnet) Line (ElmLne) Line Sub-Section (ElmLnesec) Load General (ElmLod) Load Low Voltage (ElmLodlv) Load Partial (ElmLodlvp) Motor Driven Machine (ElmMdm__X ) Neutral Earthing Element (ElmNec) PWM AC/DC Converter .1 DC Connection (ElmVscmono) PWM AC/DC Converter .digsilent.2 DC Connections (ElmVsc) Rectifier/Inverter 1-DC Connection (ElmRecmono) Rectifier/Inverter 2-DC Connection (ElmRec) Series Capacitances (ElmScap) Series Reactance (ElmSind) Shunt/Filter Element (ElmShnt) Soft Starter (ElmVar) Static Generator (ElmGenstat) Static Var System (ElmSvs) Station Controller (ElmStactrl) Synchronous Machine (ElmSym) Tower Line Coupling (ElmTow) AC Voltage Source (ElmVac) DC Voltage Source (ElmVdc) Current Measurement (StaImea) Power Measurement (StaPqmea) Voltage Measurement (StaVmea) Digital Clock (ElmClock) Fast Fourier Transform (ElmFft) File Object (ElmFile) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 5 of 150 Ctrl + A Ctrl + Alt + home Ctrl + Pag (up arrow) Ctrl + Pag (down arrow) Ctrl + C Ctrl + E Ctrl + End Ctrl + F Ctrl + F3 Ctrl + home Ctrl + O Ctrl + P Ctrl + Arrow (up arrow) Ctrl + Arrow (down arrow) Ctrl + Pos1 Ctrl + Shift + End Ctrl + Shift + Pos1 End F3 F4 G H home Arrow (up arrow) Arrow (right arrow) Arrow (down arrow) Arrow (left arrow) Pos1 Shift + Pag ? Shift + Pag ? Shift + F3 Cursor in a Word Marked word Debug-Mode Debug-Mode Debug-Mode Cursor in a Word Mark the content of the output window Like Ctrl + Pos1 Like Ctrl + End Copy the market report to the clipboard Open a new empty editor Set the cursor in the last position of the last row Open the Search and Replace dialogue Jump to previous same word Call the Open dialogue Call the Print dialogue Page up Page down Set the cursor in the first position of first row Set the cursor in the last position and marks the report in between Set the cursor in the first position and marks the report in between Set the cursor in the last position of the row Jump to next same word Set the cursor one line above Set the cursor one position after Set the cursor one line below Set the cursor one position before Set the cursor to the first position of the row Set the cursor one page up and select the in between content Set the cursor one page down and select the in between content Jump to the next same word DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.htm 07/10/2011 .

pdf and TechRef_2-W-Transformer_3Phase... 0.1 2-Winding Transformers (ElmTr2/ElmTr2n) Objects used to represent 2-winding. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached technical referece papers: TechRef_2-WTransformer_SinglePhase. phase 2 internally grounded LV-side. 0. 0.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0. 0 01. 0.de C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). phase 2 internally grounded Star Point Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 x>0&x<100 x=0|x=1|x=2 x>=0&x<=6 x[0]='V'|x[0]='P'|x[0]='Q A V V x=1|x=0 x>=0&x<=2 x>0 x=1|x=0 p. 1-Sequence Capacitance HV-LV. The description of the two winding transformers. 0. 1. 1. autotransformer winding connection instead of galvanic separation is used. Table C. 0. If the option Auto Transformer is enabled. 0 0 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.1 shows the input parameters for the ElmTr2 object. three or single phase transformers (autotransformers).pdf. 0.1: ElmTr2 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id iZoneBus ntnum nntap t2ldc ilcph imldc ldcct ldcpt ldcrs ldcxs ntrcn ildc strf1 ratfac ifrqft usetp psetp qsetp i_cont usp_up usp_low psp_up psp_low qsp_up qsp_low tapctrl re0tr_h xe0tr_h re0tr_l xe0tr_l iopt_hf Cg_h Cg_l Cc1_hl Cc0_hl ifc i_rem p_rem p_cub i_auto i_eahv i_ealv ignd_h Name Original Location In Folder Charact.99 0.htm 07/10/2011 . Category II(III) ) Voltage Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Tap Changer Upper Voltage Bound Lower Voltage Bound Upper Active Power Bound Lower Active Power Bound Upper Reactive Power Bound Lower Reactive Power Bound Tap Controller Re Xe Re Xe Consider HF-Parameter Capacitance HV-Ground Capacitance LV-Ground Capacitance HV-LV. Table C.digsilent.u. p. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 0. 0 1.u. 0 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. ElmPhi__pll) Digital Register (ElmReg) Sample and Hold Model (ElmSamp) Trigger Model (ElmTrigger) DIgSILENT GmbH www. require a reference to a TypTr2 object. 0. Input parameters Table C. 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0-Sequence Forced Cooling Enabled Remote Control Controlled Node Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Auto Transformer HV-side. 0. 0.). 0 0 x=0|x=1 x>=0|x<=2 x>=0|x<=2 x>=0|x<=2 0 0 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.u. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. MW MW Mvar Mvar Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm uF uF uF uF x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x=1|x=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0 0 0 0 ' 1. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Zone parallel Transformers Tap Position Controlled Node Phase Control Mode Current Transformer Rating Voltage Transformer Ratio Rset Xset Automatic Tap Changing Line Drop Compensation (LDC) Load Current Rating Factor Frequent Fault ( >10(5)/lifetime. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 6 of 150 Fourier Source (ElmFsrc) Phase Measurement Device (Phase Locked Loop. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. MW Mvar x>=0&x<=1 p.2 for the ElmTr2n. Jan 0.

0. Loading Unit Transformer Long-term operating conditions before short-circuit are known Highest Operating Voltage Highest Operating Current Power factor Minimum Operating Voltage Controller Time Constant Controller Sensitivity dv/dQ Controller Sensitivity dv/dP External LDC Estimate Tap Position Use Integrated Tap Controller dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 x>=0|x<=2 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0 0 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 x=0|x=1 % x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 kV kA kV s %/Mvar %/MW x>0 x<0|x>0 x<0|x>0 0 100. phase 2 connected Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Element model Ideal component According to Measurement Report Measured at Measurement Report Tap Position Control Mode Max. 0 1. 0. MW Mvar x>=0&x<=1 p. 0.u. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Zone parallel Transformers Tap Position Controlled Node Phase Control Mode Current Transformer Rating Voltage Transformer Ratio Rset Xset Automatic Tap Changing Line Drop Compensation (LDC) Rating Factor Frequent Fault ( >10(5)/lifetime.htm 07/10/2011 . Jan 0. 0.9 0. MW MW Mvar Mvar x=0|x=1 uF uF uF x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0 0 0 0 ' 1. 0 0. 0. 0. Category II(III) ) Voltage Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Tap Changer Upper Voltage Bound Lower Voltage Bound Upper Active Power Bound Lower Active Power Bound Upper Reactive Power Bound Lower Reactive Power Bound Tap Controller Consider HF-Parameter Capacitance HV-Ground Capacitance LV-Ground Capacitance HV-LV. 1-Sequence Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 x>0&x<100 x=0|x=1|x=2 x>=0&x<=6 x[0]='V'|x[0]='P'|x[0]='Q A V V x=1|x=0 x>=0&x<=2 x>0 x=1|x=0 p. 0.2: ElmTr2n Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id iZoneBus ntnum nntap t2ldc ilcph imldc ldcct ldcpt ldcrs ldcxs ntrcn ildc ratfac ifrqft usetp psetp qsetp i_cont usp_up usp_low psp_up psp_low qsp_up qsp_low tapctrl iopt_hf Cg_h Cg_l Cc1_hl Name Original Location In Folder Charact. p.5 0. 0. Table C. 0. 1.u. 0 0 0 0.1 0. 0.99 0. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0. 0. 0. 0 01. Loading Max. 0 0 1. phase 2 connected LV-side. 0. 0.u.1 0 x=0|x=1 0 0. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 7 of 150 ignd_l iintgnd i_hvcon i_lvcon sernum constr doc_id desc pStoch iperfect iTaps iMeasLoc mTaps i_uopt i_uoptCont maxload iOPFCload iblock ilt_op Ub_lv Ib_lv cosphib_lv Ubqmin_hv Tctrl Kqctrl Kpctrl pldc i_tapini iIntTapCtrl dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Star Point External Star Point HV-side.

2 3-Winding Transformer (ElmTr3) Object used to represent 3-phase.htm 07/10/2011 . Input parameters Table C..). Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.1 0 0. 3-winding transformers (or autotransformers). Position Act.3 shows the input parameters for the ElmTr3 object. phase 2 internally grounded LV-side.de C. 0 0 0.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 0. phase 2 internally grounded Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Element model Ideal component According to Measurement Report Measured at Measurement Report Tap Position Optimize Active Power Setpoint Optimize Reactive Power Setpoint Max. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 0. 0. 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. DIgSILENT GmbH www.9 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. MW Mvar x>=0&x<=2 x[0]='V'|x[0]='P'|x[0]='Q x>=0&x<=6 x>=0|x<=3 x>=0 0 0 1. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. requires a reference to a TypTr3 object. 0. 0 ' 0 0 0 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.. Position Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 x>0&x<100 x=0|x=1 p. 0.1 0. The description of the 3-winding transformers. 0. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Zone parallel Transformers Automatic Tap Changing Voltage Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint for Tap at Control Mode Phase Controlled Node Act. Loading Unit Transformer Long-term operating conditions before short-circuit are known Highest Operating Voltage Highest Operating Current Power factor Minimum Operating Voltage Controller Time Constant Controller Sensitivity dv/dQ Controller Sensitivity dv/dP External LDC Use Integrated Tap Controller dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 uF x>=0 x=1|x=0 x=0|x=1 0. 0 0 x=0|x=1 x>=0|x<=2 x>=0|x<=2 0 0 0 0 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0 0 % x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 kV kA kV s %/Mvar %/MW x>0 x<0|x>0 x<0|x>0 x=0|x=1 100. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).digsilent.u. Table C.3: ElmTr3 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id iZoneBus nt3nm ntrcn usetp psetp qsetp ictrlside imldc ilcph t3ldc n3tap_h n3tap_m n3tap_l Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 0-Sequence Forced Cooling Enabled Remote Control Controlled Node Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Auto Transformer HV-side. Position Act.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 8 of 150 Cc0_hl ifc i_rem p_rem p_cub i_auto i_eahv i_ealv sernum constr doc_id desc pStoch iperfect iTaps iMeasLoc mTaps i_uopt i_popt i_qopt maxload iblock ilt_op Ub_lv Ib_lv cosphib_lv Ubqmin_hv Tctrl Kqctrl Kpctrl pldc iIntTapCtrl dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Capacitance HV-LV.5 0. 0.

p. 0. 1.u. 0.u.5 0.u. p. p. p.u. 0. x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 1. p. x[0]='V'|x[0]='P'|x[0]='Q x[0]='V'|x[0]='P'|x[0]='Q x[0]='V'|x[0]='P'|x[0]='Q x>=0|x<=3 x>=0|x<=3 x>=0|x<=3 x>0 x>0 x>0 x=0|x=1 ' ' ' 0 0 0 1. p. 0. Loading Max. p. p.u. MW MW Mvar Mvar x>0 x<0|x>0 x<0|x>0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 0.1 0. x>=0|x<=2 x>=0|x<=2 x>=0|x<=2 x=0|x=1|x=2 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm x=1|x=0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0. p.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 9 of 150 n3rcn_h n3rcn_m n3rcn_l lodt3 nt3rl usetp_h usetp_m usetp_l psetp_h psetp_m psetp_l qsetp_h qsetp_m qsetp_l imldc_h imldc_m imldc_l t3ldc_h t3ldc_l t3ldc_m ratfac_h ratfac_m ratfac_l i_rem p_rem p_cub tapctrl Tctrl Kqctrl Kpctrl i_cont usp_up usp_low psp_up psp_low qsp_up qsp_low ignd_h ignd_m ignd_l i_auto_hl iintgnd i_cont_h i_cont_m i_cont_l re0h re0m re0l xe0h xe0m xe0l ifc sernum constr doc_id desc pStoch iperfect i_tapopt_l i_tapopt_h i_tapopt_m i_tapoptCont_l i_tapoptCont_h i_tapoptCont_m maxload iOPFCload ildc pldc i_tapini_h i_tapini_m i_tapini_l iIntTapCtrl iTaps iMeasTap Automatic Tap Changing Automatic Tap Changing Automatic Tap Changing Type Load Pointer to relais Voltage Setpoint Voltage Setpoint Voltage Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Control Mode Control Mode Control Mode Controlled Node Controlled Node Controlled Node HV-Side MV-Side LV-Side Remote Control Controlled Node Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Tap Controller Controller Time Constant Controller Sensitivity dv/dQ Controller Sensitivity dv/dP Tap Changer Upper Voltage Bound Lower Voltage Bound Upper Active Power Bound Lower Active Power Bound Upper Reactive Power Bound Lower Reactive Power Bound Star Point Star Point Star Point Auto Transformer External Star Point Tap Changer Tap Changer Tap Changer Re Re Re Xe Xe Xe Forced Cooling Enabled Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Element model Ideal component Tap Position LV-Side Tap Position HV-Side Tap Position MV-Side Control Mode LV-Side Control Mode HV-Side Control Mode MV-Side Max. 0. 0.1 0 01. 0 0 0 0 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=2 0 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0 s %/Mvar %/MW p. 0.u. 0 0 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 % x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=1 0 0 0 0 0 0 100.u. 0. 0. 0.u.u.99 0. 0. 0. 1.htm 07/10/2011 .u. 1.u. Loading Line Drop Compensation (LDC) External LDC Estimate Tap Position HV-Side Estimate Tap Position MV-Side Estimate Tap Position LV-Side Use Integrated Tap Controller According to Measurement Report for Tap at x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0 p. 0. 1. Jan 0. 0.

DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. 0 0 0. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.3 Asynchronous Machine (ElmAsm) Object used to represent asynchronous machine models. 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. 0 0 0 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=2 x=0|x=1 Ohm Ohm x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=2 s x>=0 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0.de C. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. requires a reference to a TypAsmo or TypAsm (obsolete) object. 1.digsilent.5 shows the input parameters for the ElmTrb object.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.htm 07/10/2011 . The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0 x>=0 p. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Operation Mode parallel Machines Active Power Reactive Power Bus Type Generator/Motor Exponent Proportional Factor Starting Time Static converter-fed drive Remote Control Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Estimate Active Power Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description A-stable integration algorithm Star Point External Star Point Xearth Rearth Use Motor Starting Method Motor Starting Method Switch to 'D' after Variable Rotor Resistance Doubly Fed Induction Machine dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x=0|x=1 x>0&x<100 MW Mvar x>=0 0 0 0 0.u.5 0 0. The description of the asynchronous machine model. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.4 shows the input parameters of the ElmAsm object. 0. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. requires a reference to a TypTrb object. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0.digsilent. s x>=0&x<=100 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 2.. 0. 0. Table C. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0.. 0.4: ElmAsm Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id monof ngnum pgini qgini bustp i_mot mdmex mdmlp tstart iconfed i_rem p_cub i_pset sernum constr doc_id desc iAstabint ignd iintgnd Xe Re iUseStart iStartMethod Tyd mdTradd idfig dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Name Original Location In Folder Charact.).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 10 of 150 iMeasLoc mTaps dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Measured at Measurement Report dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 x>=0&x<=2 0 0.de C. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. Input parameters Table C. Input parameters Table C. 0.4 Booster Transformer (ElmTrb) Object used to represent booster transformers (3-phase).

. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.5: ElmTrb Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id iZoneBus sernum constr doc_id desc ntnum re0tr_l xe0tr_l Name Original Location In Folder Charact.. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. Table C. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C... by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.ElmLneroute x=0|x=1 0 0 0 Ohm s Hz x>0 100000.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The description of the cable system. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the object edit dialogue.5 Cable System (ElmCabsys) Object used to represent a system of electromagneticaly coupled cables. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs... Table C. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.). The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Input parameters Table C.6: ElmCabsys Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id desc plines dpolar i_dist c_dist c_lumped tmat pzs pa pTa ftau Name Original Location In Folder Charact. DIgSILENT GmbH www. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.7 shows the input parameters for the ElmZpu object.digsilent. presenting the relations among the input parameters and the required types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.de C.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 11 of 150 The description of the booster transformers. The main usage is for branches used for network reduction. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Input parameters Table C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.6 shows the input parameters for the ElmCabsys object. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de C.). Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Cable Definition Description Circuit Polarity Line Model Distributed Parameter Lumped Parameter (PI) Transformation Matrix Tv Surge Impedance Wave Propagation Travel Time Frequency for Parameter Approximation Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 ElmLne. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.htm 07/10/2011 .).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.6 Common Impedance (ElmZpu) The Common Impedance is a per unit impedance model including an ideal transformer. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.digsilent. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Zone Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description parallel Transformers Re Xe Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 0 x>0&x<100 Ohm Ohm x>=0 0 0. The description of the common impedance model.7: ElmZpu Parameters Name name root_id fold_id Name Original Location In Folder Description Unit Range Default _NameValid file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.

u. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. p.digsilent.u. 0.digsilent. 0.u. p. 0.u. x=0|x=1 p. 0 0. 0. 0. p. 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 0.u. 0. 0.u. Input parameters Table C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). p. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.u. 0 0 1. 0 0. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0.u. p.u.u. p. p.. 0.u. 0. p. p.u.. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.u.u.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.u. p.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0. p.u.u.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 12 of 150 charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv iZoneBus Sn nphases iequalz iz2eqz1 r_pu x_pu r_pu_ji x_pu_ji r0_pu x0_pu r0_pu_ji x0_pu_ji r2_pu x2_pu r2_pu_ji x2_pu_ji iZshc rs_pu xs_pu rs_pu_ji xs_pu_ji r0s_pu x0s_pu r0s_pu_ji x0s_pu_ji r2s_pu x2s_pu r2s_pu_ji x2s_pu_ji sernum manuf constr doc_id desc dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Charact. 0. 0.8: ElmAsmsc Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src Name Original Location In Folder Charact. requires a reference to a TypAsmo object. p. p.u. 0.de C. Table C. p. DIgSILENT GmbH www. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Zone Nominal Power Phases Use equal Impedances (zij = zji) Use Impedance z2 = z1 Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Use same impedance as for loadflow Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Real Part Imaginary Part Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 MVA x>=0 x=1|x=3 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 p. 0.7 DC/DC Converter (ElmDcdc) The description of the DC/DC converter model. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.u. p.u. 0. The description of the double feed asynchronous machine model.de C. 0. p. p.u. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.). 0. 0. p.htm 07/10/2011 . p. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0. 0. 0.u. p. p. 0. 0 0 0 0. 0. p.u.8 shows the input parameters of the ElmAsm object.u.8 Doubly Fed Induction Machine (ElmAsmsc) Object used to represent doubly fed induction generators.

s x>=0&x<=100 x>=0 2. 0 0 0 0.u.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.1 10. 01.1 0.5 1.9 shows the input parameters for the ElmXnet object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). x>-100&x<100 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>0 0. 0.) Use for calculation Z2/Z1 max.htm 07/10/2011 . The description of the external network model. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 13 of 150 outserv typ_id monof ngnum pgini qgini i_mot mdmex mdmlp tstart sernum constr doc_id desc slipset Urot rcrow xcrow i_conv i_ctrl i_feedback cv Pmmax Kd Kq Td Tq p_pctrl iAstabint ignd Xe Re Out of Service Type Operation Mode parallel Machines Active Power Reactive Power Generator/Motor Exponent Proportional Factor Starting Time Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Slip Rated Slip Ring Voltage Crow-Bar Resistance Crow-Bar Reactance Use Integrated PWM Converter Use Built-In Current Controller Rotor Flux Feed-Back Cv Max Pulse Width Modulation Index Kd Kq Td Tq Controlled Flow A-stable integration algorithm Star Point Xearth Rearth x>=0&x<=1 x=0|x=1 x>0&x<100 MW Mvar x>=0 0 0 0 0. 1. 0 % V p. 0 x>=0 p. 10000. DIgSILENT GmbH www. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.01 0.01 0 0 0. R0/X0 max..de C. 0. 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. X0/X1 max.).9 External Network (ElmXnet) Object used to represent external networks.9: ElmXnet Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv bustp pgini qgini sgini cosgini snss rntxn xntrn cmax cmin cused z2tz1 z0tz1 x0tx1 r0tx0 iintgnd ignd Re Name Original Location In Folder Charact.u. Z0/Z1 max. 0. 0. 1. Input parameters Table C. 1. 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0. p. 0. Table C. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Bus Type Active Power Reactive Power Apparent Power Power Factor Short-Circuit Power Sk''max R/X Ratio (max.) X/R Ratio (max. External Star Point Star Point Grounding Resistance Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 MW Mvar MVA MVA x>=0 x>=-1&x<=1 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>0 x>0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0|x<=2 0 0.1 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 1. 0 1.1 s s x=0|x=1 x=0|x=2 Ohm Ohm x>=0 x>=0 0. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0.) c-Factor (min. Jan 1.u. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.digsilent.) c-Factor (max..

Table C.digsilent. 0. 0. 1. 0. Max. The ElmLne can contain line sections as presented in Section 10. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Max. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.). Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Zone parallel Lines Length of Line Derating Factor Operating Temperature Laying Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 x>=1 km degC x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 0 1. 100.) Z2/Z1 min. Min. deg s MW/Hz MVA x>=-180&x<=180 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 MW $/kWh $/M MW $/MWh x>=0 x>0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 Mvar Mvar MW % MW/Hz x>=0. 20. 5.1 10. Minimum Power Smoothing of Cost Function Primary Frequency Bias dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Active power steps Priority Input Mode 0. 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Power Energy Cost Reference Busbar No load costs (monthly) From Costs Active Power Reactive Power Min.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 14 of 150 Ohm Xe fdsymr fdsyml usetp ip_ctrl iv_mode phiini tag K desc snssmin rntxnmin xntrnmin z2tz1min z0tz1min x0tx1min r0tx0min MaxS ecost p_uctrl cmonth cpower ccost ictpg ictqg iOPFCPmin iOPFCPmax iOPFCQmin iOPFCQmax q_min q_max Pmin_uc round Kpf dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Pctrl i_prty mode_inp Grounding Reactance Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] Voltage Setpoint Secondary Controller (Slack) Voltage Controller Mode Angle Acceleration Time Constant Secondary Frequency Bias Description Short-Circuit Power Sk''min R/X Ratio (min.10: ElmLne Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id iZoneBus nlnum dline fline Top inAir Name Original Location In Folder Charact. presenting the relations among the input parameters and the posible types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.1. 0.05 0. 0.9 Defining and Working with Transmission Lines . therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.1 100000. 0. 1. 0 0 0. 0. Input parameters Table C.de C.0&x<=100. 1.10 Line (ElmLne) The ElmLne is used to represent transmission lines/cables.10 shows the input parameters for the ElmLne object. 1. Max. 0. X0/X1 min. 0 x>=0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.) X/R Ratio (min.u.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.htm 07/10/2011 . Max. 8000. x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 1. 0. 99. R0/X0 min. Z0/Z1 min.. The description of the line model. 0. 0. _FrqDepValid _FrqDepValid Ohm p.. Min. it requires a reference to a TypLne or a TypTow object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).

Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).Mode 1 Zeros.u. presenting the relations among the input parameters and the required types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. x>0 50.. Wave Propagation. Z1 Surge Impedance.11: ElmLnesec file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. p.htm 07/10/2011 . Mode 2 Travel Time. Table C.001 x>0 x>0 x>0 1. Loading dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 % x>=0&x<=100 0 0 50.).Current Line Model Type of Phase Conductors Type of Earth Conductors Type of Neutral Conductors Max. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. A1 Zeros. s Hz Hz Hz Hz Hz % x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>0 0. 0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 % x>=0 x=0|x=1 100.11 shows the input parameters for the ElmLnesec object. 0 100.u. Loading Max. It can refer to any of the types defined for transmission lines or cables (TypLne.u.de C. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 0.001 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 0. A1 Wave Propagation Constant Wave Propagation. 0. s Hz Hz p. Phase Conductors Max. 0 m m Ohmm Ohm Hz Hz Ohm Hz Hz Ohm Hz Hz p.u.Mode 2 Zeros. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. 0 0. DIgSILENT GmbH www.001 x>0 x>0 x>0 1. Ground Wires Transposition Earth Resistivity Line Model Surge Impedance. Frequency of Parameter Fitting Max. 100000. x>0 50. Mode 1.u. 1. 1.Sag. DC. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Mode 0 Travel Time. Wave Propagation. Mode 0 Poles. HF. x>=0 x=0|x=1 0. A2 Zeros.digsilent. Mode 1 Poles.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.11 Line Sub-Section (ElmLnesec) Object used to represent sections of lines or cables. p. TypGeo). A0 Wave Propagation Constant. 0. Zl0 Surge Impedance. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. 1. Mode 2. DC. Mode 0 Poles. 0 50. HF. 0. p. DC. TypTow. The description of the line route model. Mode 2 Poles.Sag. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Input parameters Table C. 5. 0. x>0 x>0 x>0 1. Frequency of Parameter Fitting Frequency for Travel-Time Estimation Tolerance for Bode Approximation Transformation Matrix Routes/Cubicles/Sections Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Number of connected customers Line Load Element model Ideal component Max. 0.u.u. p. Z2 Wave Propagation Constant.. Mode 1 Travel Time. HF. A2 Min. s Hz Hz p. Poles. 0.001 1000000. Mode 0 Zeros. Poles.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 15 of 150 nlsim ishclne fshcloc lodln lprot slin1 i_dist pCondCir pCondGnd pCondN sagCir sagGnd ktrto rearth i_model kz1 pz1 zz1 kz0 pz0 zz0 kz2 pz2 zz2 ka1 a1dc Ta1 pa1 za1 ka0 a0dc Ta0 pa0 za0 ka2 a2dc Ta2 pa2 za2 fmin fmax ftau tolBode tmat cubsecs sernum constr doc_id desc NrCust i_ldlv pStoch iperfect maxload iOPFCload dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Enable for Contingency Analysis Available Short-Circuit Location Type of Load Protection Devices Load Current/Nom. 0. A0 Zeros.

0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).12: ElmLod Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id plini qlini plinir qlinir plinis qlinis plinit qlinit scale0 i_sym mode_inp sernum constr doc_id desc u0 phmc pSCDF fSCDF OptCost NrCust i_prty shed trans pTrans i_scale i_pini i_qini i_rem Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Input parameters Table C. 0. The description of the complex load model is given in the Technical Reference Paper of TypLodind. 1.0&x<=100. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. 1. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.u. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Active Power Reactive Power Active Power Reactive Power Active Power Reactive Power Active Power Reactive Power Scaling Factor Balanced/Unbalanced Input Mode Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Voltage Harmonic Currents Time dependent rate Scaling factor Unit Number of connected customers Load priority Shedding steps Transferable Alternative Supply (Load) Adjusted by Feeder Load Scaling Estimate Active Power Estimate Reactive Power Remote Control Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 MW Mvar MW Mvar MW Mvar MW Mvar 0 0.).0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0. 0 x>0 0 0 0 % x>=0. 0 0 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. presenting the relations among the input parameters. The description of the general load model. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Length Derating Factor Laying Index Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Element model Ideal component Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 km x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 0 0.. Requires a reference to a TypLod object for general loads and a TypLodind object for complex loads. 0 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 16 of 150 Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id dline fline inAir index sernum constr doc_id desc pStoch iperfect Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Table C. is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper of TypLod.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0. 0..de C. 0.12 shows the input parameters of the ElmLod object. x=0|x=1 0 0 p.htm 07/10/2011 . 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 1.12 Load General (ElmLod) Object used to represent load models.digsilent. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. x>0 1.

P Apparent Power.13 shows the input parameters for the ElmLodlv object. The description of the low voltage load model. Table C. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.13: ElmLodlv Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id lodparts plini slini coslini ulini ilini pf_recap pnight NrCust iopt_inp scale0 i_scale nphase iintgnd sernum constr doc_id desc pSCDF fSCDF OptCost i_prty shed trans pTrans dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Name Original Location In Folder Charact.0&x<=100.14 Load Partial (ElmLodlvp) Object used to represent partial loads.de C. Loads Active Power.4 0. 0.. 0 0 1. cos(phi) Voltage. 100. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Add.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. I Power Factor P Number of Customers Load Type Scaling Factor Adjusted by Load Scaling No.de C.0 x>=0. DIgSILENT GmbH www.13 Load Low Voltage (ElmLodlv) Object used to represent loads at low voltage level. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.). 0. load shedding Min. of Phases External Star Point Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Time dependent rate Scaling factor Unit Load priority Shedding steps Transferable Alternative Supply (Load) dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 kW kVA kV A kW x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=1 x>0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=3 x=0|x=1 x>=1|x<=3 x=0|x=1 0. 0.0 0.digsilent. 0. 0.0 0 0 1. 0. 0 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 17 of 150 p_cub i_scaleini iShedding shedcost shedmax shedmin dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Estimate Scaling Factor Allow load shedding Costs for load shedding Max.. 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.0&x<=100. S Power Factor. 0. DIgSILENT GmbH www.htm 07/10/2011 . 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters and the required types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0 0 0 0 1.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0 0 0 % x>=0. 0. U(L-L) Current. 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. load shedding dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 $/MVA % % x>=0. Input parameters file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0. 0.0&x<=100. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. Input parameters Table C.

Exponent of first polynom. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 0.Torque at slip = Slipm (min.15. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Proportional factor Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0. 0. presenting the relations among the parameters and the connection to a motor. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.Slip at min.16: ElmMdm__3 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id alf1 slipm exp1 alf2 exp2 xkmm Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0.15: ElmMdm__1 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id mdmex mdmlp Name Original Location In Folder Charact. p. The description of the partial load model.. 0.14: ElmLodlvp Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id plini slini coslini ulini ilini pf_recap pnight NrCust iopt_inp lnepos sernum constr doc_id desc Name Original Location In Folder Charact. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. p. p. torque exp1.u. 0. 0..4 0. 0 0. torque) Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 p. presenting the relations among the input parameters and the required types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. S Power Factor. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.Exponential factor mdmlp. cos(phi) Voltage. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. are given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.de C.u. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).). I Power Factor P Number of Customers Load Type Position on Line Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kW kVA kV A kW x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=1 x>0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=3 % x>=0&x<=100 0 0. 0. 0. Table C.15 Motor Driven Machine (ElmMdm__X ) Objects used to represent motor driven machines. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type alf1.. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0 0 50. Table C. Input parameters Tables C. function xkmm.14 shows the input parameters for the ElmLodlvp object. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type mdmex.. function alf2. 0. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).u. p.).digsilent..Torque at standstill exp2. U Current. Three types of driven machine models are defined in PowerFactory: ElmMdm__1 (Type 1). All types of motor driven machine models may be used in connection with a synchronous or an asynchronous motor. 0. C.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 18 of 150 Table C.17 show the input parameters for the defined motor driven machine types. ElmMdm__3 (Type 3) and ElmMdm__5 (Type 5).u. The description of the motor driven machine models. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. P Apparent Power.htm 07/10/2011 . Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Active Power.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0.u.Exponent of second polynom. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.Torque at synchronous speed slipm.16 and C. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C.

p. 0.X-axis coordinates (speed) y7. 0. 0.u.u. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0. p. 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x11. 0. 0. 0.X-axis coordinates (speed) y6. 0.u. p.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x15.u.digsilent. 0. p. 0..u.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x3. does not require any type. 0.X-axis coordinates (speed) y1.u. p. 0.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x13.u.u.u.u.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x9.18 shows the input parameters for the ElmNec object.u.u.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x5. 0. 0.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x10. p.u.X-axis coordinates (speed) y14.X-axis coordinates (speed) y2.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x4.X-axis coordinates (speed) y10. p.u.de C. p.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x2. The description of the NEC/NER model.u.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x8. 0.X-axis coordinates (speed) y3. p. p. 1.u. 0.1 1. 0.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x7. 0.u.X-axis coordinates (speed) y8. 0.u.u. p. Input parameters Table C. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. p.X-axis coordinates (speed) y5.X-axis coordinates (speed) y15. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Rated Voltage Rated Current (Ie=3*I0) Rated Short-Time Thermal Current (3*I0) Rated Short-Circuit Duration Star Point Zero Sequence Resistance Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kV kA kA s Ohm x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>=0|x<=1 0 1. p.X-axis coordinates (speed) y11. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.u. p.Y-axis coordinates (torque) Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 p.u. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. p. Table C. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. p.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x6. p.u. p. 0 0.u. 0.u.u. 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.). p. 0. p.u. p. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB..X-axis coordinates (speed) y4.Number of used coordinates (speed) x1. 0. p. 0.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x12. p. 0.u. 0. 0. p. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. p.18: ElmNec Parameters DisplayName loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv Unom Curn Ithlim Tkr ignd R0 Name Original Location In Folder Charact.X-axis coordinates (speed) y12. p. p.u.Y-axis coordinates (torque) x14.htm 07/10/2011 .u.u.16 Neutral Earthing Element (ElmNec) The NEC/NER (Neutral Earthing Conductor/Neutral Earthing Reactor) is the grounding element in PowerFactory.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 19 of 150 Table C. p.u.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. x>=0 1.X-axis coordinates (speed) y9. 0.u. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. p. 0. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Speed Torque Load nkoor.X-axis coordinates (speed) y13. 0. p.u. p.17: ElmMdm__5 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id speed torque load nkoor x1 y1 x2 y2 x3 y3 x4 y4 x5 y5 x6 y6 x7 y7 x8 y8 x9 y9 x10 y10 x11 y11 x12 y12 x13 y13 x14 y14 x15 y15 Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 0. p.

1.digsilent.u.u. The description of the PWM converter model. p. 0. 0<=x 0<=x&x<=1 0<=x&x<=1 0<=x&x<=1 0<=x&x<=1 x=0|x=1|x=2 Hz Ohm uS uF S x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 % kW kW uF x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0 1.01 0. Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kV kV MVA p.u. 0.u.01 1. 1.1 0.). p. p. Input parameters Table C. Min.. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.de C.u. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0. deg MW Mvar x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C. 0.001 0. 0.1 DC Connection (ElmVscmono) Object used for a PWM converter model. p.0 x>0. 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www.u. -1. 0. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 1. 0 10000.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 20 of 150 X0 Re Xe fcharR0 fcharL0 fcharRe fcharLe sernum manuf constr doc_id desc Zero Sequence Reactance Grounding Resistance Grounding Reactance Frequency Dependency R0 Frequency Dependency L0 Frequency Dependency Re Frequency Dependency Le Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description Ohm Ohm Ohm 0. 1. 0.19 shows the input parameters of the ElmVscmono object. voltage sourced AC/DC converter (capacitive DCcircuit). 0. 0.htm 07/10/2011 . 0. 1. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).0 0 1.u.u.1 0.. x>=0&x<=6 p. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 1.17 PWM AC/DC Converter . The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. p. 0. 0 0 0.19: ElmVscmono Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv Unom Unomdc Snom usetp usetpdc phisetp psetp qsetp p_phictrl p_uctrl p_uctrldc p_pctrl p_qctrl i_acdc pmsetp pmd_max pmd_min pmq_max pmq_min phmc i_mod fmod Ron Goff Cvalve Gvalve i_det i_ctrl uk Pcu Pnold Cdc Kd Kq Td Tq q_max q_min Name Original Location In Folder Charact. p. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Rated AC-Voltage Rated DC-Voltage (DC) Rated Power AC Voltage Setpoint DC Voltage Setpoint Phase Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Controlled Node Controlled Node (AC) Controlled Node (DC) Controlled Flow Controlled Flow Control Mode PWM Factor Upper Limit of Pmd Lower Limit of Pmd Upper Limit of Pmq Lower Limit of Pmq Harmonic Injections Modulation Modulation Frequency Transistor/Diode On-Resistance Transistor/Diode Off-Conductance Snubber Capacitance Snubber Conductance Model Use Integrated Current Controller Short Circuit Impedance Copper Losses No-Load Losses DC-Capacitance (not in use) Kd Kq Td Tq Max. 0. Represents a self-commutated.0001 0.1 s s p.u.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.

19 Rectifier/Inverter 1-DC Connection (ElmRecmono) Rectifier model with a sigle DC connection. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. Voltage sourced AC/DC converter with 2-DC connections.u.2 DC Connections (ElmVsc) Object used for a PWM converter model. 0 10000. The description of the rectifier model. 0.0001 0.de C. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Input parameters Table C. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. p.de C. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 1. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Nominal Voltage (AC) Nominal Voltage (DC) Nominal Power Voltage Setpoint Phase Setpoint Active Power Setpoint Reactive Power Setpoint Controlled Node Controlled Node Controlled Flow Controlled Flow Control Mode PWM Factor Upper Limit of Pmd Lower Limit of Pmd Upper Limit of Pmq Lower Limit of Pmq Harmonic Voltages Modulation Modulation Frequency Transistor/Diode On-Resistance Transistor/Diode Off-Conductance Model Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description Static converter-fed drive Model A-stable integration algorithm Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kV kV MVA p.. 1. 1.20 shows the input parameters of the ElmVsc object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0.htm 07/10/2011 . presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.001 0 0 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=2 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www.0 0 1. Table C.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.u. 1. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.u.20: ElmVsc Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv Unom Unomdc Snom usetp phisetp psetp qsetp p_phictrl p_uctrl p_pctrl p_qctrl i_acdc pmsetp pmd_max pmd_min pmq_max pmq_min phmc i_mod fmod Ron Goff i_det sernum manuf constr doc_id desc iconfed ictrltp iAstabint Name Original Location In Folder Charact. deg MW Mvar x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0. 1. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.u. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. p. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.u. p. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_..DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 21 of 150 sernum manuf constr doc_id desc iconfed ictrltp iAstabint Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description Static converter-fed drive Model A-stable integration algorithm 0 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=2 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. 0<=x 0<=x&x<=1 0<=x&x<=1 0<=x&x<=1 0<=x&x<=1 x=0|x=1|x=2 Ohm myS x>0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 0 1. 0.21 shows the input parameters for the ElmRecmono object. requires a reference to a TypRec object. 0.u.digsilent. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.digsilent..). The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. x>=0&x<=5 p. p. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.. Input parameters Table C.18 PWM AC/DC Converter . The description of the converter model.). 0.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.

0<=x&x<=180 0<=x&x<=180 x=0|x=1|x=2 x>0 x=0|x=1 1.u. 15.htm 07/10/2011 . 1. 0 1. ' ' 15. 1.u.u.).20 Rectifier/Inverter 2-DC Connection (ElmRec) Rectifier model with 2-DC connections. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 22 of 150 Table C. The description of the rectifier model. 1. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Voltage Setpoint Power-Setpoint Power-Setpoint Reactive Power-Setpoint Current Setpoint Commutation Reactance Orientation (Rectifier/Inverter) Control-Characteristic Actual Firing-Angle Extinction Angle (gamma) Setpoint Tap-Changer Actual Winding Ratio Automatic Firing Angle Control Controller Harmonic Currents Ideal Rectifier Maximum Harmonic Order Current/Voltage-Source Converter Minimum Firing Angle Maximum Firing Angle Minimum Extinction Angle Maximum Extinction Angle Phase Shift A-stable integration algorithm Static converter-fed drive Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 p. 1. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 180. Input parameters Table C.21: ElmRecmono Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id sernum constr doc_id desc uset pset Pset Qset Iset Xd mode bstp alpha_set gamma_set ntrcn nntap alphacn pctrl phmc i_int maxorder i_cv alphamin alphamax gammamin gammamax nt2ag iAstabint iconfed Name Original Location In Folder Charact.de C. MW Mvar kA Ohm x>0 x>=0 *x='R'|*x='I *x='V'|*x='I'|*x='P'|*x='Q'|*x='E'|*x='G deg deg p. MW Mvar kA Ohm 1. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 1.u. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Voltage Setpoint Power-Setpoint Power-Setpoint Reactive Power-Setpoint Current Setpoint Commutation Reactance Orientation (Rectifier/Inverter) Control-Characteristic Description Unit Default 0 0 p. p.u. 0.digsilent. 1. 0.22: ElmRec Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id sernum constr doc_id desc uset pset Pset Qset Iset Xd mode bstp Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 180. 1.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Table C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.. p. 1. 0 x=0|x=1 x>0 x=0|x=1 deg deg deg deg *30deg 0<=x&x<=180 0<=x&x<=180 0<=x&x<=180 0<=x&x<=180 x>=0&x<12 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0.22 shows the input parameters for the ElmRec object. requires a reference to a TypRec object.

0 1.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 23 of 150 alpha_set gamma_set ntrcn nntap alphacn pctrl phmc i_int maxorder i_cv alphamin alphamax gammamin gammamax nt2ag iAstabint iconfed Actual Firing-Angle Extinction Angle (gamma) Setpoint Tap-Changer Actual Winding Ratio Automatic Firing Angle Control Controller Harmonic Currents Ideal Rectifier Maximum Harmonic Order Current/Voltage-Source Converter Minimum Firing Angle Maximum Firing Angle Minimum Extinction Angle Maximum Extinction Angle Phase Shift A-stable integration algorithm Static converter-fed drive deg deg p. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C.de C.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Series compensation of transmission lines Filter capacitance Input parameters Table C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).0&x<=100. 180. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.g.htm 07/10/2011 .0 0 0 0 10. e. 0. 0.23 shows the input parameters of the ElmScap object.23: ElmScap Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv iZoneBus ucn nphases xcap bcap ccap Imov1 Vmov1 Imov2 Vmov2 Curn Sn i_enter Im Vm sernum manuf constr doc_id desc systp iAstabint iInterPol smoothfac Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 173. The description of the Series Capacitance model.21 Series Capacitances (ElmScap) The ElmScap object represents series capacitances in PowerFactory. It can be used for various applications. 15.205 0 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 % x>=0. 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.digsilent. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Zone Rated Voltage Phases Reactance 1/B Susceptance. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0. 0 0 0 0 deg deg deg deg *30deg 0.u. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 15. 0. B Capacitance.. 0.)..digsilent. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0. 1. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. 180. 0 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. C MOV Current 1 MOV Voltage 1 MOV Current 2 MOV Voltage 2 Rated Current Rated Power Metal Oxid Varistor Current Voltage Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description System Type A-stable integration algorithm Interpolation Smoothing Factor Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0 kV x>=0 x=1|x=3 Ohm S F kA kV kA kV kA MVA x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>0 x>0 x=0|x=1 kA kV 1.

Input parameters Table C.25 shows the input parameters for the ElmShnt object. 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. L Resistance. R Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description System Type A-stable integration algorithm Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kV kA MVA % % kW Ohm Ohm mH Ohm x>0 x=1|x=3 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0 0 6. of Step Shunt Type Vector Group Rated Reactive Power.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0.).00 0.96 1. Table C. 0. 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 0. 0.00 0. The description of the shunt/filter model. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. The description of the series reactance model.00 0.). therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Table C. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Zone Rated Voltage Phases Rated Current Rated Power Short-Circuit Voltage uk Short-Circuit Voltage (Re(uk)) ukr Copper Losses Impedance (absolute) Zd Reactance. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.No.096225 1. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. No. L-C Rated Current.00 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 24 of 150 C.00 0.00 0. 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation..de C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).23 Shunt/Filter Element (ElmShnt) The ElmShnt object is used to represent different shunt connection types. C Rated Reactive Power. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 0 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. C Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kV x>0 x>=1&x<=3 x=0|x=1 x>=0|x<=2 x[0]='V'|x[0]='Q'|x[0]='P x>=0&x<=6 x=0|x=1 x>0 x>=0 x=0|x=1|x=2|x=3|x=4 Mvar Mvar A x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0..25: ElmShnt Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv ushnm nshph iintgnd ignd nbsph imldc ilcph iQorient ncapx ncapa shtype capsa qcapn qtotn cucap Name Original Location In Folder Charact. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.24: ElmSind Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv iZoneBus ucn nphases Curn Sn uk ukr Pcu Zd xrea lrea rrea sernum manuf constr doc_id desc systp iAstabint Name Original Location In Folder Charact.00 6.24 shows the input parameters for the ElmSind object. Input parameters Table C.digsilent. of Steps Act..22 Series Reactance (ElmSind) The ElmSind object represents series reactances in PowerFactory. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.00 0.htm 07/10/2011 . 0. X Inductance. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.00 ' 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Nominal Voltage Phases External Star Point Star Point of Phase Control Mode Phase Orientation Max. 0.

95 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.u./% p. The description of the soft starter model.htm 07/10/2011 .1 39203. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. p. 24. 250.00 26666699219.95 0. L Reactance Inductance Quality Factor (at fn) Quality Factor (at fr) Resistance Parallel Resistance Loss Factor. soft starter devises for induction motors.u.00 477465. 0. 0. x<=1&x>=-1 x<=1&x>=-1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 1.00 0. Re Annual Cost Switchable Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description Remote Control Controlled Node Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Controller Time Constant Controller Sensitivity dq/dv Upper Voltage Limit Lower Voltage Limit Upper Reactive Power Limit Lower Reactive Power Limit Upper Power Factor Limit Lower Power Factor Limit Power Factor Power Factor Use Integrated Tap Controller Input Mode A uS uF uF uF % Hz Mvar A Ohm mH x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=100 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 96224998.00 x=0|x=1 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. tan(delta) Parallel Conductance L(f) R(f) C(f) Z0/Z1 Use Controller for OPF optimization Control Mode System Type Susceptance to Ground Reactance. 5.digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 25 of 150 cutot bcap ccap c1 c2 pgrad fres nres qrean curea xrea rlrea grea greaf0 rrea rpara tandc gparac fcharL fcharR fcharC shuz0 i_opt i_optCont systp Bg Xe Re acost iswitch sernum manuf constr doc_id desc i_rem p_rem p_cub Tctrl Kctrl usetp_mx usetp_mn qsetp_mx qsetp_mn pfsetp_mx pfsetp_mn pf_recap_mx pf_recap_mn iIntTapCtrl mode_inp Rated Current. 0. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Table C.de C. Ohm Ohm uS x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 nS Ohm Ohm $/year x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=1 0. Mvar Mvar x>0 x>0&x<1 x>0 x>0 0.. L Rated Current. Xe Resistance.00 39203.26 shows the input parameters for the ElmVar object. 0. Input parameters Table C..00 0. L-C Susceptance Capacitance Capacitance C1 Capacitance C2 Degree Resonance Frequency Tuning Order Rated Reactive Power.00 0.00 s p. The ElmVar does not require a type object.00 0. 0. 0. 0. 84882599. 0.5 0.).00 0. 0.00 DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0.26: ElmVar Parameters DisplayName loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv iZoneBus Unom Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).u.00 4. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.00 0.24 Soft Starter (ElmVar) The ElmVar object is used to represent voltage control.00 0.00 84882599.00 0. 0. 2309399902.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Zone Nominal Voltage Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 kV x>0 0 0 6.00 0.

can be modelled as a static generator as well.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.digsilent.1 Basic Data On the basic date tab of the Static Generator you can choose the category of the element. and max.25.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de C.1: Static Generator .digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 26 of 150 Inom K i_onoff sernum manuf constr doc_id desc Nominal Current Amplification Bypass Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description kA x>0 x>=0&x<=1 x=0|x=1 1. Photovoltaic Generators Fuel Cells Storage devices HVDC Terminals Reactive Power Compensations ) is an easy to use model of any kind of generator.htm 07/10/2011 . file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. which are connected with a full-size converter to the grid.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Fig. Additionally you can specify a capability curve.de C. or even a droop. Applications are: Wind generators. 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. which may be the whole range of the converter or a curve with the shape of a V for a min.2 Load Flow Data On the load flow tab you can define the power output: active and reactive power. because the behaviour of the plant (from the view of the grid side) is determined by the converter: Wind Generators Basic Data Load Flow Data VDE/IEC Short-Circuit Data Full Short-Circuit Data Optimization Data RMS.25 Static Generator (ElmGenstat) The Static Generator (ElmGenstat. or active power and voltage magnitude.25.Basic Data DIgSILENT GmbH www. enter the number of parallel generators and the ratings of one generator. 0./ EMT-Simulation Data DIgSILENT GmbH www. which is not rotating but static.digsilent. C.de C. power factor for example.

de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.25.25.25. assuming the current controller of the real converter would be ideally fast).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.4 Full Short-Circuit Data If you want to define a user-specific level for the subtransient and a transient short circuit.digsilent.htm 07/10/2011 . you can do so using the Complete Method.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. DIgSILENT GmbH www.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 27 of 150 Fig.1 with The index 'rM' specifies the rating of the static converter transformer on the network side. For short circuit calculations by the Complete Method you can enter a subtransient and a transient short circuit level.5 Optimization Data On the optimization tab you can add the Static Generator to a Virtual Power Plant.3 VDE/IEC Short-Circuit Data For short circuit analysis according to IEC 60909 (VDE 0102).digsilent. It behaves either as a controlled voltage source (input signale u1r_in and u1i_in) or as a controlled current source (input signale id_ref and iq_ref.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent./ EMT-Simulation Data In time-domain-simulations the Static Generator has to be controlled via a DSL model.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.25. if no transformer is present. enable the option 'Static converter-fed drive'. In order to let the Static Generators fed into the short circuit.digsilent. either as short circuit power or as short circuit current. C. for example if the Static Generator includes a transformer with earthed star point. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de C.6 RMS. and the R/X ratio (alternatively the X/R ratio). In IEC 60909 the contribution of a Static converter-fed drive to I''k is defined by: X = 0.de C.digsilent. DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent. It has no contribution to Ib or Ik. whether the Static Generator shall have a contribution to the short circuit or not. you can specify. With this option enabled.995 Z R/X = 0.de C. DIgSILENT GmbH www. Additionally it is possible to enter values for the zero sequence impedance.Load Flow Data DIgSILENT GmbH www. or the rating of the static converter.2: Static Generator .de C. a Static Generator will have a contribution like a Static converter-fed drive according to IEC 60909: It has a contribution to I''k and to ip.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 28 of 150 C. The Station Controller is used for steady-state analysis. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Max. 0 0 0 0 0 x=0|x=1|x=2 kW Mvar Ohm Ohm Ohm Ohm x>=0 x=0|x=1 0 0. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.htm 07/10/2011 . Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. Table C. The description of the synchronous machine model. R0 Reactance. 0. 0. requires a reference to a TypSym object. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.7 Models for Stability Analysis .27 Station Controller (ElmStactrl) The desciption of the Station Controller is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Input parameters Table C.26 Static Var System (ElmSvs) The static var compensator system (ElmSvc) is a combination of a shunt capacitor bank and a thyristor controlled shunt reactance.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.. Max. Number of Capacitors Q Reactance (>0) Q per Capacitor Unit (<0) TCR. 0.de C.. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.27 shows the input parameters for the ElmSvs object. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0. 0.). Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 1. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Input parameters Table C. Re Reactance. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.). 0.28 shows the input parameters of the ElmSym object. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. For time-domain simulation please use Common Models as described in Section 25. 0. Mvar Mvar x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=4 x>=0&x<=2 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x<=0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 0 0 0 0. The description of the static var compensator.28 Synchronous Machine (ElmSym) Object used to represent synchronous machine models.digsilent.27: ElmSvs Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv nxcap nncap qmax qmin tcrmax ibvco usetp tcrqact qsetp ictsv ivcop i_ctrl i_sctrl i_rem p_rem p_cub iconn pcu i_det q0 Re Xe R0 X0 sernum manuf constr doc_id desc phmc i_int maxorder iAstabint i_qini Name Original Location In Folder Charact.digsilent.de C. 0 x=0|x=1 x>0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 0.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Limit Remote Bus Voltage Setpoint Act. Value of TCR Q Setpoint Use for OPF Control Controlled Phase Load Flow Control Balanced/Unbalanced Control Remote Control Controlled Node Controlled Branch (Cubicle) Connection mode of Capacitors Maximum Copper Losses TCR Model Reactive Power Resistance. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Number of Capacitors Act. Xe Resistance. X0 Serial Number Manufacturer Year of Construction Additional Data Description Harmonic Currents (TCR) Ideal SVS Maximum Harmonic Order A-stable integration algorithm Estimate Reactive Power Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x>=0 x>=0 Mvar Mvar Mvar p..u.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 29 of 150

Table C.28: ElmSym Parameters
Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id ngnum pgini qgini sgini cosgini ictpg ictqg costp iestp iestq bustp usetp i_mot xesy resy ip_ctrl iv_mode i_spin phiini sernum constr doc_id desc pStoch Pctrl i_prty iOPFCPmin iOPFCPmax Pmax_uc Pmin_uc tmin_up tmin_down cost_up cost_down cpower ccost dsecres iqtype iOPFCQmin iOPFCQmax q_min q_max i_cap cap_P cap_Qmn cap_Qmx iunitcom t_on t_off P_min pmaxratf pG Kpf ignd iintgnd iAstabint mode_inp dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type parallel Machines Active Power Reactive Power Apparent Power Power Factor Active Power Reactive Power Costs per MW Estimate Active Power Estimate Reactive Power Corresponding Bus Type Voltage Generator/Motor Xearth Rearth Reference Machine Mode of Local Voltage Controller Spinning in isolated operation Angle Serial Number Year of Construction Additional Data Description Stochastic model Active power steps Priority Min. Max. Max. Min. Minimum up-time Minimum down-time Startup Shutdown Power Costs Reserve Use limits specified in type Min. Max. Min. Max. User defined Capability Curve Act.Power Min. Max. Optimized in unit commitment Initial Condition Initial Condition Min. Rating Factor Range of Voltage Regulation (+/-) Prim. Frequency Bias Star Point External Star Point A-stable integration algorithm Input Mode dpl1 dpl2 dpl3 dpl4 dpl5 Description Unit Range Default

_NameValid

_ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x>0 MW Mvar MVA x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 $/MW x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 p.u. Ohm Ohm x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 deg x>=-180&x<=180 0 0 0. 0. 0. 0. 0 0 0. 0 0 1. 0 0. 0. 0 0 0 0. 0

0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 MW MW h h $ $ MW $/h 0. 0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 p.u. p.u. MW Mvar Mvar 0 h h MW x>=0 % MW/Hz x>=0&x<=100 x>=0 x=0|x=2 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0 0 0 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0 0 -1. 1. 0 0 0 0 0.8 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 30 of 150

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.29 Tower Line Coupling (ElmTow)
The ElmTow is used to represent electromagnetic coupling between transmission lines. In order to define the line coupling, a TypTow/TypGeo object determining the geometrical characteristics and the conductor type of the structure where the coupled lines are located, is required. Input parameters Table C.29 shows the input parameters for the ElmTow object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). The description of the line coupling model, presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue, by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation, therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_...); therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.

Table C.29: ElmTow Parameters
Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id desc line1 line2 line3 line4 line5 line6 rearth pGeo towdist pCon_e sag_e plines dpolar pCon_c sag_c transp dtow iusecoup pos1 pos2 couplen i_dist c_dist c_lumped tmat pzs pa pTa ftau Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Tower Type Description Circuit 1 Circuit 2 Circuit 3 Circuit 4 Circuit 5 Circuit 6 Earth Resistivity Type Distance Type Max.Sag Circuit Polarity Type Max.Sag Transposition Length Use Coupling Length Position 1 Position 2 Coupling Length Line Model Distributed Parameter Lumped Parameter (PI) Transformation Matrix Tv Surge Impedance Wave Propagation Travel Time Frequency for Parameter Approximation Description Unit Range Default

_NameValid

_ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0

Ohmm TypTow,TypGeo m TypCon m ElmLne,ElmLneroute TypCon m

x>0

100.

0. x=0|x=1 km km km x=0|x=1 0 0 0 Ohm s Hz x>0 100000. 0

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.30 AC Voltage Source (ElmVac)
The ElmVac is used to represent AC Voltage sources (single phase or three phase). Input parameters Table C.30 shows the input parameters for the ElmVac object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). The description of the AC voltage source model, presenting the relations among the input parameters and the posible types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue, by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation, therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_...); therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.

Table C.30: ElmVac Parameters
Name loc_name Name Under preparation... Description Unit Range Default

_NameValid

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 31 of 150

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.31 DC Voltage Source (ElmVdc)
The ElmVdc is used to represent DC Voltage sources (single phase or three phase). Input parameters Table C.31 shows the input parameters for the ElmVdc object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). The description of the AC voltage source model, presenting the relations among the input parameters and the posible types is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue, by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation, therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_...); therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.

Table C.31: ElmVdc Parameters
Name loc_name Name Under preparation... Description Unit Range Default

_NameValid

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.32 Current Measurement (StaImea)
The description of the current measurement model, presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.33 Power Measurement (StaPqmea)
The description of the power measurement model, presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.34 Voltage Measurement (StaVmea)
The description of the voltage measurement model, presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

C.35 Digital Clock (ElmClock)
Object used to represent clock inputs. Input parameters Table C.32 shows the input parameters of the ElmClock object. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). The description of the clock model, presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue, by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation, therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_...); therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue

Table C.32: ElmClock Parameters
Name loc_name root_id Name Original Location Description Unit Range Default

NameValid

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www.34: ElmFile Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv iopt_imp f_name icol afac bfac prim tini desc Name Original Location In Folder Charact. DIgSILENT GmbH www.. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Period Ratio Ton/Tp Use Measurement Frequency Control Simulation Step Size ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 ms x>0 x>0&x<1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 1. Input parameters Table C.36 Fast Fourier Transform (ElmFft) Object used to represent fast Fourier transforms. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Object edit dialogue.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Table C.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. presenting the functionality of the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. The description of the measurement file element. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0.33 shows the input parameters of the ElmFft object. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Number of Points No.. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.33: ElmFft Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id nsamp nphase i_win Name Original Location In Folder Charact.digsilent.de C.37 File Object (ElmFile) Object used to read data from a file during calculations. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).34 shows the input parameters of the ElmFile object.htm 07/10/2011 . of Phases Window Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x>0 x=1|x=3 x>=0 0 256.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 32 of 150 fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id Tp tonTp iopt_meas ctrlsim In Folder Charact.).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. Parameters are presented in the same order of the object dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.digsilent.digsilent. Input parameters Table C.de C. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Import from Filename Column j Factor a Factor b P or S Time Index Description Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x>=0&x<=1 0 0 0 1. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C. The description of the fast Fourier transform model.).5 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www...

of Phases Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x>0 x=1|x=3 0 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www.. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). DIgSILENT GmbH www. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type Size No.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de C.36: ElmReg Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id nsamp nphase Name Original Location In Folder Charact. DIgSILENT GmbH www. Hz Hz x>0 x>0 x>=10 deg 10. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.38 Fourier Source (ElmFsrc) Fourier source element. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs..). by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.35 shows the input parameters of the ElmFsrc object. The output value is constant up to the next clock pulse. then the output is set and the input is read and stored in the register. 10. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The complete description of the Sample and Hold model is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 33 of 150 C. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). The description of the Fourier source model.de C.35: ElmFscr Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv dc_com f_min delta_f overspl ampl_ phase_ rb_proc Name Original Location In Folder Charact.digsilent. Input parameters Table C. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. setting the output at the rising edge of a clock.htm 07/10/2011 . ElmPhi__pll) The description of the phase measurement device model.digsilent. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. With every rising edge of the clock signal the values are shifted by one.). The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. The complete description of the Register model is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. Input parameters Table C.. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue.37 shows the input parameters of the ElmSamp object.digsilent. Input parameters Table C.. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Bata' tab). Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C.. used to generate periodical signals in the frequency domain.).39 Phase Measurement Device (Phase Locked Loop. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service DC Component Minimum Frequency Frequency Step Oversampling Factor Amplitude Phase Calculate with Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 0 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.de C.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 10. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.41 Sample and Hold Model (ElmSamp) The `Sample and Hold' model of PowerFactory (ElmSamp) samples a signal.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.36 shows the input parameters of the ElmReg object.40 Digital Register (ElmReg) The `Register' (ElmReg) model in PowerFactory is a digital shifting register.

therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.38 shows the input parameters of the ElmTrigger object.. 1..htm 07/10/2011 ..de C.).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. Reset after. The complete description of the Trigger model is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper..de Appendix D Types Reference 2-Winding Transformer Type (TypTr2) 3-Winding Transformer Type (TypTr3) Asynchronous Machine (TypAsmo) Booster Transformer Type (TypTrb) Cable Type (TypCab) Conductor Type (TypCon) General Load (TypLod) Line Type (TypLne) Rectifier Type (TypRec) Synchronous Machine Type (TypSym) Tower Types (TypTow/TypGeo) DIgSILENT GmbH www. of Phases Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid x>=0&x<=1 x=1|x=3 0 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type No. -1. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.42 Trigger Model (ElmTrigger) The trigger model (ElmTrigger) is used to monitor the value of a signal. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Set after. If certain trigger conditions are met the model will start a trigger event.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB..digsilent. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x>=0&x<=1 0 ForKeyValid Description Unit Range NameValid Default DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent. Set after. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Reset after.. Reset after.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 34 of 150 Table C.37: ElmSamp Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id nphase Name Original Location In Folder Charact.digsilent. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table C.... Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Out of Service Type No. Number of Points for Calculation of Gradient Number of measured values after Start until Trigger gets active Acquire Data Writing of RMS Results Trigger Type x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 1/s x=1|x=3 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0 1...38: ElmTrigger Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src outserv typ_id nphase i_max i_min i_grd valmax valmin valgrd npickmax npickmin npickgrd ndropmax ndropmin ndropgrd npts sleep res iopt_res iopt_sys Name Original Location In Folder Charact.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.. of Phases On On On Threshold Threshold Threshold Set after.. Input parameters Table C.

HV-Side r. 0 0 0 10. 0. tap) uk0 (max. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. The description of the 2-winding transformer model.. 3. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 35 of 150 Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0. 0. 0. tap) uk0 (min. Zero Sequ.htm 07/10/2011 . 0.0 x>=0&x<=1 x>=0 p. 0. 0 0 0. 0. 01. 0 50.u. 0.1 shows the input parameters for the TypTr2 object. 0. tap) Pcu (min. 6.Seq. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. tap) Re(uk0) (max. 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.u.).u.1: TypTr2 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src strn utrn_h utrn_l uktr pcutr curmg dutap phitr ntpmx ntpmn nntap0 fdtr2r fdtr2l uk0tr ur0tr tr2cn_h tr2cn_l nt2ag nt2ph itrdl itrdr itrmt it0mt cknee psi0 xmlin xmair ksat iLimb iInterPol smoothfac zx0hl_h zx0hl_n pict2 pitt2 twct2 twtt2 ansiclass tap_side frnom pfe strnfc oltc itapzdep uktmn pcutmn uktmx pcutmx uk0tmn uk0rtmn uk0tmx uk0rtmx manuf doc_id Name Original Location In Folder Charact.u.Pos.9 100. reac. tap) Pcu (max. Time Ratio It/In Max. s x=0|x=1 Hz kW MVA x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 % kW % kW % % % % 0. 6. 0. tap) Re(uk0) (min. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0. 0. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Time Class at Side Nominal Frequency No Load Losses Rated Power (forced cooling) On-load Tap Changer Tap dependent impedance uk (min. 0.1 2-Winding Transformer Type (TypTr2) Type used to define two winding transformers/autotransformers (ElmTr2 and ElmTr2n). p. Jan 0.. 0 0 0. Table D. s p. Input parameters Table D.u.0&x<=100. p. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Rated Power HV-Side LV-Side Short-Circuit Voltage uk Copper Losses No Load Current Additional Voltage per Tap Phase of du Maximum Position Minimum Position Neutral Position Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] Absolute uk0 Resistive Part ukr0 HV-Side LV-Side Phase Shift Technology x.u.5 0 0 p.de D. x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>1 x=3|x=5 x=0|x=1 % x>=0. 0. 0. 0 0 0 % % _IsVecGrpValid _IsVecGrpValid *30deg x>=0&x<=12 x=1|x=2|x=3 x>=0&x<=1 x>=0&x<=1 3. tap) uk (max. 0. / uk0 Ratio Ip/In Max. tap) Manufacturer Additional Data Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid MVA kV kV % kW % % deg x>=0 x>0 x>0 x>0 1.Pos. HV-Side Type Type Knee Current Knee Flux Linear Reactance Saturated Reactance Saturation Exponent Core Interpolation Smoothing Factor z.Seq.5 0. p. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0. HV-Side Mag.

therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 36 of 150 desc pStoch satcur satflux Description Stochastic model Current (peak) Flux (peak) p. 0. Table D. Voltage per Tap Add. 3. 1.2 shows the input parameters for the TypTr3 object.de D. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.. Voltage per Tap Add. Position Max. 0. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source HV-Side MV-Side LV-Side HV-Side MV-Side LV-Side HV-MV MV-LV LV-HV HV-MV MV-LV LV-HV No Load Current No Load Current Min. 3. Position Max. 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 % % % deg deg deg % % % % % % x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=360 x>=0&x<=360 x>=0&x<=360 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 _FrqDepValid _FrqDepValid _IsVecGrpValid _IsVecGrpValid _IsVecGrpValid *30deg *30deg x>=0&x<=12 x>=0&x<=12 0 0 0 0 0 0 p. 1. Position Min. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.u. p. Input parameters Table D. 3. 3. 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Position Neutral Position Neutral Position Neutral Position Add.htm 07/10/2011 . Position Min.2 3-Winding Transformer Type (TypTr3) Type used to define three winding transformers/autotransformers (ElmTr3). 0. 0. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.. Position Max.digsilent. 0.). 0. 0. 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0. 3. 3.2: TypTr3 Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src strn3_h strn3_m strn3_l utrn3_h utrn3_m utrn3_l uktr3_h uktr3_m uktr3_l pcut3_h pcut3_m pcut3_l curm3 cr0m3 n3tmn_h n3tmn_m n3tmn_l n3tmx_h n3tmx_m n3tmx_l n3tp0_h n3tp0_m n3tp0_l du3tp_h du3tp_m du3tp_l ph3tr_h ph3tr_m ph3tr_l uk0hm uk0ml uk0hl ur0hm ur0ml ur0hl fdtr3r fdtr3l tr3cn_h tr3cn_m tr3cn_l nt3ag_h nt3ag_m i3loc i30lc itrmt it0mt c3nee Name Original Location In Folder Charact.u. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. The description of the 3-winding transformer model. 0. 0. 0.u. 0. Voltage per Tap Phase of du Phase of du Phase of du HV-MV MV-LV LV-HV HV-MV MV-LV LV-HV Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] HV-Side MV-Side LV-Side Phase Shift Phase Shift Position Position Type Type Zero Sequence Knee Current Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid MVA MVA MVA kV kV kV % % % kW kW kW % % x>0 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 1.

.de D. 0. tap) uk(LV-HV)(max. tap) Manufacturer Additional Data Description Stochastic model p. 0. 0. 0. 0.) bus name 2 (only for compatib. 0. Parameters are presented in the same order of the Type dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). tap) uk0(HV-MV)(min.) Element Name (only for compatib. tap) Pcu(MV-LV)(min.3 shows the input parameters of the TypAsmo object..) Class Phase Shift Tap Modeled at HV-Side MV-Side LV-Side HV-Side MV-Side LV-Side Tap dependent impedance for Tap at uk(HV-MV)(min. 0. 0.u. 0. tap) Re(uk0)(LV-HV)(max. Input parameters Table D. 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. tap) Re(uk0)(HV-MV)(max. 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. tap) uk(LV-HV)(min. tap) uk(HV-MV)(max. 0. tap) Pcu(MV-LV)(max. tap) Pcu(LV-HV)(max. 0. 0. 0 0 0 0 0 0.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0.digsilent. tap) Pcu(HV-MV)(min. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. tap) uk0(HV-MV)(max.htm 07/10/2011 . 0. 0. 0. tap) Re(uk0)(HV-MV)(min. Time Ratio It/In Max. tap) uk0(LV-HV)(min. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. tap) Re(uk0)(MV-LV)(min. 0. tap) uk(MV-LV)(max. 0.u. 0. 0. tap) uk0(MV-LV)(max. tap) uk(MV-LV)(min. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.) bus name 1 (only for compatib. tap) Re(uk0)(LV-HV)(min. 0. p.) bus name 3 (only for compatib. Jan 0. tap) uk0(MV-LV)(min. p. % % % kW kW kW % % % kW kW kW % % % % % % % % % % % % x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Type edit dialogue. tap) Re(uk0)(MV-LV)(max. tap) Pcu(HV-MV)(max. 0. 0. 0. Table D. Time No Load Losses transformer name (only for compatib.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 37 of 150 psi0 x3lin x3air pict3 pitt3 twct3 twtt3 pfe t3nam bname1 bname2 bname3 elemnm ansiclass nt3ag_l itapos snfc_h snfc_m snfc_l oltc_h oltc_m oltc_l itapzdep itapzside uktr3mn_h uktr3mn_m uktr3mn_l pcut3mn_h pcut3mn_m pcut3mn_l uktr3mx_h uktr3mx_m uktr3mx_l pcut3mx_h pcut3mx_m pcut3mx_l uk0mnhm uk0mnml uk0mnhl ur0mnhm ur0mnml ur0mnhl uk0mxhm uk0mxml uk0mxhl ur0mxhm ur0mxml ur0mxhl manuf doc_id desc pStoch Saturation Flux Linear Part Saturated Ratio Ip/In Max. tap) Pcu(LV-HV)(min.3 Asynchronous Machine (TypAsmo) Type object defined for asynchronous machine elements (ElmAsm) and double feed induction machines (ElmAsmsc). therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.u.). s s kW x>=0 01.3: TypAsmo Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 0. 0. tap) uk0(LV-HV)(max. *30deg MVA MVA MVA x>=0&x<=12 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=2 0 0 0. The description of the asynchronous machine model. 0. 0. 0.

1 DIgSILENT GmbH www. 10. 0. 0.u. 50. Reactance Xm R/X Locked Rotor Stator Resistance Rs Rotor Resistance RrA Rotor Resistance RrB Stator Reactance Xs Rotor Reactance XrA Rotor Reactance XrB Rotor Leakage Reac. 0.01 0.u. 0. p.u.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 0.1 0. p. 0.1 p. 10. 0. 0. 2.u. x>0 08. 0. p.u. s p.1 5.u.1 0.1 0. x>0 x>=0 p.u. 0.8 0 5. 0.1 0.1 0.u. 6. p.u. 0.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0.u. 0. s s s x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x=0|x=1 10. 0. p. p.htm 07/10/2011 .u. Time Cold Hot Consider Current Displacement (Squirrel Cage Rotor) Order of R-L Approximation Slip dependent part of RrA at nominal slip Slip dependent part of XrA at nominal slip Slip dependent part of RrA at slip=1 Slip dependent part of XrA at slip=1 Slip indep. p. Resistance RrA0 Slip indep. Xrm Nominal Frequency Status of ESB Calculation Connection Rated Mechanical Power Nominal Speed Slip at Stalling Point Slip at Saddle Point Locked Rotor Torque Torque at Stalling Point Torque at Saddle Point cos(phi) Locked Rotor Slip Torque Current Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] Input Mode Efficiency at nominal Operation Consider Transient Parameter Stator Resistance Rs(f) Inductance L''(f) Ratio Ip/In Max. p.1 0 0 x>=0 p. p. Feb 0. 0.u.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 38 of 150 sgn ugn cosn nppol aiazn tag xm rtox rstr rrtrA rrtrB xstr xrtrA xrtrB xmrtr frequ istt nslty pgn anend aslkp asstl amazn amkzn amstl coazn slp mslp islp fdasmr fdasml i_mode effic i_trans fcharrstr fcharlss iinrush Tinrush Tcold Thot i_cdisp n_cdisp rrsn xrsn rrs1 xrs1 rrtrA0 xrtrA0 r0 x0 r1 x1 i_cage i_optpn rtoxshc aiaznshc xtorshc xdssshc iansitp manuf doc_id desc J rzero xzero Rated Apparent Power Rated Voltage Rated Power Factor No of Pole Pairs Locked Rotor Current (Ilr/In) Acceleration Time Constant Mag.1 0.u.01 0.02 20. 4. Hz x>=0 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 0. 0 % p. p. 0.u. p. x>0 x>=0&x<=6 0. x>0 x>0 x>0 x>=0 p.01 0. 0. 0.u. x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 FrqDepValid FrqDepValid x=0|x=1 0 100.u. Reactance XrA0 Resistance RrA1 Reactance XrA1 Resistance RrA2 Reactance XrA2 Rotor Power Rating R/X Locked Rotor Locked Rotor Current (Ilr/In) X/R Locked Rotor Locked Rotor Reactance ANSI Type Manufacturer Additional Data Description Inertia Resistance Reactance kVA kV x>0 x>0 x>0&x<=1 x>0 500.digsilent.u. % p. 0.199007 0 kgm^2 p. p.u. 0.u. 0 0 kW rpm x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 400.u. 0 0 0.

.5: TypCab Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src typCon diaTube diaCon thSht thArm thIns rho my epsr tand has_ins3 has_ins2 has_arm has_sht manuf doc_id desc Name Original Location In Folder Charact.9 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue.. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. 0. 1.1 x>=0 100.htm 07/10/2011 . Jan 68 1. 5.5 shows the input parameters for the TypCab object. Table D. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.Pos. 6. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue.). The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Zero Sequ.Seq.Seq.4 shows the input parameters for the TypTrb object.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 39 of 150 D. 0. / uk0 Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid MVA kV kV % kW % % % *30deg x>0 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=100 x>=0&x<=100 x>=0&x<=100 _IsVecGrpValidB x>=0&x<=12 x>=0&x<=1 x>=0&x<=1 1. The description of the cable type model.5 0.02 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0 0 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). reac. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. HV-Side z.Pos. Table D. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. 3. Input parameters Table D. 6. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.5 0. 0 0. LV-Side Mag. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. 3. 3. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Manufacturer Additional Data Description Rated Power HV-Side LV-Side Short-Circuit Voltage uk Copper Losses No Load Current Absolute uk0 Resistive Part ukr0 LV-Side Phase Shift z. The description of the booster transformer model..).4: TypTrb Parameters DisplayName loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src manuf doc_id desc strn utrn_h utrn_l uktr pcutr curmg uk0tr ur0tr tr2cn_l nt2ag itrdz itrdz_lv zx0hl_h zx0hl_l zx0hl_n Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Zero Sequ. LV-Side z.4 Booster Transformer Type (TypTrb) Type used to define booster transformers (ElmTrb).de D. 1. 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.digsilent. HV-Side z. 1. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.5 Cable Type (TypCab) Type used to define cable objects. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Shape Inner Diameter Outer Diameter Thickness of Sheath Thickness Armour Thickness Resistivity Relative Permeability Relative Permittivity Dielectric Loss Factor Has Insulation 3 (Serving) Has Insulation 2 (Over Sheath) Has Armour Has Sheath Manufacturer Additional Data Description Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid mm mm mm mm mm uOhm*cm x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>0 0. Input parameters Table D.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.

6 shows the input parameters for the TypCon object. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.).. 0.digsilent. Dependence on P Volt.de D.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.1 30. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Type edit dialogue. 0.05 6. 80.682 0. Parameters are presented in the same order of the Type dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab).6: TypCon Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src ncsub dsubc diaco radco erpha Lint my_r iskin gline rpha uline sline rtemp Ithr manuf doc_id desc Name Original Location In Folder Charact.htm 07/10/2011 .. Dependence on P Transient Frequency Dependence Transient Voltage Dependence Frequ. 0. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs.7 General Load (TypLod) Type object defined for general load elements (ElmLod). Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. 0. 1.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 40 of 150 uline rtemp Ithr Rated Voltage Max. Table D. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. Jun s s x>=0 x>=0 0. The description of the conductor type model. 0.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Dependence on Q Volt.05 1. A reference to a conductor type is required in the tower types: TypTow/TypGeo. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. End Temperature Rated Short-Time (1s) Current kV degC kA x>=0 x>0 x>=0 0. 11. Input parameters Table D. The description of the general load model. 01.de D. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Table D. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. DIgSILENT GmbH www.7 shows the input parameters of the TypLod object. Dependence on Q Description Unit Range Default NameValid ForKeyValid % % % x>=0&x<=100 x>=0&x<=100 x>=0&x<=100 0 0 0 0. Aug file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. 80.. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Number of Subconductors Bundle Spacing Diameter Radius GMR (Equivalent Radius) Internal Inductance Relative Permeability Skin effect Line Conductivity DC-Resistance Nominal Voltage Nominal Current Max. Input parameters Table D. 01. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 15. to define the conductors of the transmission line.7: TypLod Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src lodst loddy lodsp kpf kpu tpf tpu kqf kqu Name Original Location In Folder Charact.digsilent. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Static (const Z) Dynamic Special Frequ.6 Conductor Type (TypCon) Type used to define conductor objects.). 0 0. End Temperature Rated Short-Time (1s) Current Manufacturer Additional Data Description Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>0&x<100 m mm mm mm mH/km x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x=0|x=1 uS/km Ohm/km kV kA degC kA x>=0 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 0 0.

u. 0.digsilent. 0. 0. 0. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 41 of 150 tqf tqu t1 pgrd qcq cnm spfilnm fdlodr fdlodl systp nlnph iintgnd manuf doc_id desc i_nln i_pure i_csrc udmax udmin Prp xt Transient Frequency Dependence Transient Voltage Dependence Dynamic Load Time Constant QL/QC QC/Q Connection Measurement File Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] System Type Phases External Star Point Manufacturer Additional Data Description Nonlinear Model Load model Current Source/Impedance Upper Voltage Limit Lower Voltage Limit Power of parallel Resistance/Total Active Power Transformer Short Circuit Reactance s s s % % x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. 0. 0.). therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. p. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0. x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0 0.de D. % % x>1 x<1&x>0 x>=0&x<=100 x>=0 0 0 0 01. 0.1 200. 0. 0. 0.8 Line Type (TypLne) Type used to define transmission lines/cables (ElmLne). s 'Ohm/km 'Ohm/km Ohm/km Ohm/km degC 'uS/km 'mH/km 'uF/km 'uS/km _FrqDepValid _FrqDepValid _FrqDepValid 'Ohm/km 'Ohm/km 'mH/km 'uS/km 'uF/km x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0.8: TypLne Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src nlnph uline sline slin1 slin2 lodln picln pitln twcln twtln rline xline rlin1 xlin1 rtemp bline lline cline gline tline fdlinr fdlinl fdlinc rline0 xline0 lline0 bline0 cline0 Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 1. 100. End Temperature Susceptance B Inductance L Capacitance C Conductance G Ins. 0.u. 0.) Load Current (*In) Type of Load Ratio Ip/In Maximum Time Ratio It/In Maximum Time Resistance R Reactance X Loop Resistance (sev) Loop Reactance (sev) Max.8 0. 0. 0. 80. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. (*x)='Y'|(*x)='D FrqDepValid FrqDepValid x=0|x=1 x>=1&x<=3 x=0|x=1 ' 0 0 0 x=1|x=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 p.. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0. The description of the line type model.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.u.. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. s p. Table D. 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. Factor Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] Capacitance C=C(freq) [A-Z] Resistance R0 Reactance X0 Inductance L0 Susceptance B0 Capacitance C0 Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=1&x<=3 kV kA kA *In p.u. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Phases Rated Voltage Rated Current Rated Current (1. 0. 0.8 shows the input parameters for the TypLne object. Feb 0. 0.htm 07/10/2011 . whose line impedances have been already calculated (no electromagnetic coupling between conductors is calculated in this type). Input parameters Table D.

de D. of Conductors Cable is Conductors Installation Method (IEC 364) Arrangement Line Cost No. 0.9: TypRec Parameters DisplayName loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src manuf doc_id desc Unom Pnom Rthy alphamin alphamax gammamin gammamax Imax Unomdc tapmin Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Table D. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. 0. 0. x>0 x>0 x>0 1. 0. 0. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Factor Earth-Fault Current Insulation Material Conductor Material Nominal Cross Section Operating Temp. 0.9 shows the input parameters for the TypRec object. 0.9 Rectifier Type (TypRec) Type used to define a 6 pulse bridge rectifier/inverter elements (ElmRecmono and ElmRec). 1. Cross Section System Type Cable / OHL Rated Current (in air) Rated Short-Time (1s) Current (Conductor) Resistance R'(theta) Temperature theta Manufacturer Additional Data Description Nominal Frequency L1'(f) R1'(f) C1'(f) L0'(f) R0'(f) C0'(f) Stochastic model Outer Diameter No. 0. mm*2 degC x=0|x=1 _AohlValid kA kA Ohm/km degC x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x!=20 0. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Input parameters Table D. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_..digsilent. 180. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 42 of 150 gline0 tline0 Ices miso mlei qurs bett crosect systp aohl_ InomAir Ithr rtheta theta manuf doc_id desc frnom fcharL1 fcharR1 fcharC1 fcharL0 fcharR0 fcharC0 pStoch cabdiam ncond iopt_cnd iopt_ord cmeth iopt_dir lcost nneutral rnline xnline bnline rpnline xpnline bpnline Conductance G0 Ins.0001 0.u. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. 0.). 180. DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0 0. 1.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 3. 0. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Manufacturer Additional Data Description Rated AC Voltage Rated Active Power Thyristor-Resistance (at On) Minimum Firing Angle Maximum Firing Angle Minimum Extinction Angle Maximum Extinction Angle Rated DC-Current Rated DC-Voltage (DC) Minimum Turns-Ratio Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid kV MW Ohm deg deg deg deg kA kV p. x>0 x>0 x>0. of Neutrals Resistance Rn Reactance Xn Susceptance Bn Resistance Rpn Reactance Xpn Susceptance Bpn 'uS/km A/km 0. 0 1. Hz x>=0 50. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation. mm 0. 0. $/km 'Ohm/km 'Ohm/km 'uS/km 'Ohm/km 'Ohm/km 'uS/km x>=0 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0.5 1.htm 07/10/2011 . 0.. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. The description of the rectifier model. 0.9 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 0.5|x<1.

p. -1.3 0.05 2.1 0 15. 0. Feb 0.10 Synchronous Machine Type (TypSym) Type used to define synchronous machine elements (ElmSym) Input parameters Table D.5 x=0|x=1 x>=0 x>=0 x>0 x=0|x=1 x>0 01. 0 8. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Nominal Apparent Power Nominal Voltage Power Factor Acceleration Time Const.u.10: TypSym Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src sgn ugn cosn tag tds tqs tdss tqss xd xds xdss xq xqs xqss xdsat xdsss xtor rstr xpot sg10 sg12 x2sy r2sy x0sy r0sy iamort iusesat satur fdsymr fdsyml bname q_min q_max Q_min Q_max iturbo isat iuseXdk curk curk1p curk2p nslty tags Name Original Location In Folder Charact. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). 0. 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. (rated to Sgn) Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid MVA kV s 's 's ''s ''s p. Mvar Mvar x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 kA kA kA s x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0&x<=2 x>0 -1. 0. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.u.05 0. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_.).2 01. 0. p. 0.10 shows the input parameters for the TypSym object.u.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 43 of 150 tapmax i_diode Goff Gs Cs i_trf alphanom tapnom Maximum Turns-Ratio Diode-/Thyristor Converter Thyristor-Conductance (at Off) Snubber-Conductance Snubber-Capacity Built-In Transformer Nominal Firing Angle Nominal Turns-Ratio (t2/t1) p.u. x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x>=0&x<=3 _FrqDepValid _FrqDepValid p. 0.u. 0. p. p. 0. p. DIgSILENT GmbH www.u.u. 0. ''p. S S uF deg x>0.u. 1. Feb Reactance x2 Resistance r2 Reactance x0 Resistance r0 with amortisseur windings Use saturated value Machine Type IEC909 Resistance R=R(freq) [A-Z] Reactance L=L(freq) [A-Z] bus name (only for compatib.2 10000000. p.digsilent. 1. x>0 x>0 x>0&x<=1 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>=0 1. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. p.2 2. 0. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue. 0.. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs..u.2 0. 0.u.5|x<1. p. ''p. 0. 1.u.u. Table D. The description of the synchronous machine model.1 0. 'p. p.u.u.htm 07/10/2011 .de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. p.u.8 10. by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter.u.u. 0 0 0 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Jan 0 0. (rated to Pgn) Td Tq Td Tq xd xd xd xq xq xq short-circuit ratio saturated value xd''sat Ratio X/R rstr Potier reactance 1.u.3 0. 1. 'p.u. 1. p.de D. 6. 0 0 0 0. p.) Minimum Value Maximum Value Minimum Value Maximum Value Rotor Type Main Flux Saturation Ik instead of Reactances 3-Phase Ik3p 1-Phase Ik1p 2-Phase Ik2p Connection Acceleration Time Const.0 01.

666.11 Tower Types (TypTow/TypGeo) Both types are used to define the tower structure of a transmission line.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. p. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. p.11: TypTow Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src nlcir nlear gearth rearth ktrto nphas pcond_e pcond_c xy_e xy_c ktrto_c1 ktrto_c2 ktrto_c3 ktrto_c4 ktrto_c5 ktrto_c6 nphas_1 nphas_2 nphas_3 nphas_4 nphas_5 nphas_6 cond_e1 cond_e2 cond_c1 cond_c2 cond_c3 cond_c4 cond_c5 cond_c6 xy_e1 xy_e2 xy_c1 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 Name Original Location In Folder Charact.075 0. 0.u..u. TypCon TypCon m m x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 x=1|x=2|x=3 x=1|x=2|x=3 x=1|x=2|x=3 x=1|x=2|x=3 x=1|x=2|x=3 x=1|x=2|x=3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 m m m 0.digsilent. 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 44 of 150 h tds0 tqs0 tdss0 tqss0 lss i_trans fcharrstr fcharlss i_v12 xl xrl kcanay manuf doc_id desc dpu hpn Inertia Time Constant (rated to Sgn) H Td0 Tq0 Td0 Tq0 l Consider Transient Parameter rs(f) l''(f) Model xl xrl Canay Factor Manufacturer Additional Data Description Mechanical Damping Inertia Time Constant (rated to Pgn) H s 's 's ''s ''s ''p. Certain parameters are relevant to more than one calculation.u. presenting the relations among the input parameters is given in the attached Technical Reference Paper. x>=0 x>=0 x>=0 0 0.. The description of the tower models.11 and D.1 0.075 0. Note: The name of the parameter is displayed in the Element edit dialogue. the coupling impedances of the line are calculated according to the given geometrical distribution of the conductors. s x>=0 x>=0 0.htm 07/10/2011 .de D. x>0 x>0 x>=0 x>0 x>0 x>0 x=0|x=1 4.667 666. The tower types require a reference to conductors types (TypCon). If TypTow or TypGeo are referred in an ElmLne. 100. p. DIgSILENT GmbH www. The availability of some parameters is conditioned to the current value of the selection parameters (iopt_. Parameters are presented in the same order of the element dialogue (starting from the 'Basic Data' tab). Input parameters Tables D.2 0 x=0|x=1 p.667 0.). by placing the cursor in the input field of the parameter. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Number of Line Circuits Number of Earth Wires Earth Conductivity Earth Resistivity Transposition Num.u.u. 0. of Phases Conductor Types Conductor Types Coordinate of Earth Conductors Coordinate of Line Circuits t t t t t t Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid x>=1 x>=0 uS/cm Ohmm x>0 x>0 0 0 100.12 show the input parameters for the TypTow and TypGeo objects. therefore they can be found and edited in different tabs. 5. therefore not all the listed parameters would be visualized at once in a dialogue Table D.

1 The Symbol General Definitions The general definitions of the symbols are given in the 'General' page of the object's dialogue.htm 07/10/2011 .de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. If this value is set the symbol will be used when a new element is inserted.digsilent. 0. 0. Visible file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. The marking of an element in the graphic makes this range visible.12: TypGeo Parameters Name loc_name root_id fold_id charact chr_name for_name dat_src xy_e xy_c manuf doc_id desc Name Original Location In Folder Charact. 50. 1. Symbol Description The description of a symbol is shown in the list of symbols when "Show Layer.. 0." is used and a symbol has to be selected on the page "Configuration" Object Type Class name of the element which shall be represented. 0.. Type of Representation Branch or node object ID The icon ID of the icons from the graphic toolbar.de E.digsilent. DIgSILENT provides a complete set of symbols to represent any of the defined network components. In case of '0' the symbol will not be used as default. The Symbol General Definitions Geometrical Description DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Appendix E Reference to the use of Symbols in PowerFactory The symbols used in the graphic windows of PowerFactory are defined by the so called 'Symbol' objects (IntSym).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. additionally the users have the possibility to define their own symbols and use them in the graphical windows of their projects. 0 0 Table D. Characteristic Name Foreign Key Data source Coordinates Earth Wires Coordinates Phase Circuits Manufacturer Additional Data Description Description Unit Range Default _NameValid _ForKeyValid m m DIgSILENT GmbH www. In the proceeding sections the variables used to define symbol objects are presented. Width/Height The width and height is defines the range of the fang.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 45 of 150 xy_c2 xy_c3 xy_c4 xy_c5 xy_c6 R_c X_c R_c0 X_c0 R_c1 X_c1 frnom L_c L_c0 L_c1 G_c B_c G_c0 B_c0 G_c1 B_c1 C_c C_c0 C_c1 sline systp i_mode manuf doc_id desc pStoch 2 3 4 5 6 Matrix of Resistances R_ij Matrix of Reactances X_ij Matrix of 0-Sequence-Resistances R_ij_0 Matrix of 0-Sequence-Reactances X_ij_0 Matrix of 1-Sequence-Resistances R_ij_1 Matrix of 1-Sequence-Reactances X_ij_1 Nominal Frequency Matrix of Inductances L_ij Matrix of 0-Sequence-Inductances L_ij_0 Matrix of 1-Sequence-Inductances L_ij_1 Matrix of Conductances G_ij Matrix of Susceptances B_ij Matrix of 0-Sequence-Conductances G_ij_0 Matrix of 0-Sequence-Susceptances B_ij_0 Matrix of 1-Sequence-Conductances G_ij_1 Matrix of 1-Sequence-Susceptances B_ij_1 Matrix of Capacitances C_ij Matrix of 0-Sequence-Capacitances C_ij_0 Matrix of 1-Sequence-Capacitances C_ij_1 Nominal Current System Type Input Mode Manufacturer Additional Data Description Stochastic model m m m m m Ohm/km Ohm/km Ohm/km Ohm/km Ohm/km Ohm/km Hz H/km H/km H/km uS/km uS/km uS/km uS/km uS/km uS/km uF/km uF/km uF/km kA x>=0 x=0|x=1 x=0|x=1 0.

Parameter nPts must be 2. The number of connection points is defined by the number of lines unequal (-9999. 1=shift only.2 Geometrical Description The geometrical description of the symbol is given in the 'Geometry' page of the dialogue.de E.de E.2.rPx2.iFill. rMy) and a point on the edge (rPx.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The points should be located on the grid. iStyle. i. The name of symbol must also be part of the name of the SetVitxt.iColor. 3=any (RS_NONE.RS_SHIFTONLY.rHeight.The following matrix describes the relation between the insertion points and the insertion numbers: 432 501 678 Additional Attributes Only used for elements whose representation shall be able to alter via specific changes of the element parameters (e.digsilent.e..iStyle.iStyle.rPx..rPx.iRsz.iRsz.rMy. drawn clockwise. 1 = yes.g. Polyline (L. rectangular terminal = 4 -> top left). 1 = vertical ) iRot rotate text with object ( 0 = no.rWidth.g.rPy2) Defines an arc by the center (rMx.rPy).nPts.RS_KEEPXY.rPy}) Defines a closed polygonal line with nPts points. iRot can be defined as: n -> random y -> only rotatable to the bottom and the right (used in symbols) Polygon (G.rPy coordinates of insertion point iRsz resize_Mode (0=not possible.rPy) Defines a text with the following attributes: iFont font number ( > 0) iAlign insertion point (0 = left top. The names must be unique.rPx. DIgSILENT GmbH www. rPx andrPy are the coordinates of peg points." and result boxes beginning with "Res.iAlign. iColor. they should be a multiple of 4. The geometry can be specified by means of geometrical primitives in the 'Geometrical Components and Attributes' field or can be defined using an external bit map or WMF file./ horiz. Arc (A.iFill.rWidth. 2=keep ratio.rPy) Defines a Circle by the center (rMx.rPy2) on the edge. 80 characters) rPx.iOri.rPy1) (rPx2.iColor.iColor.rMy.iRot.rPy1.iRsz.iRot. 2 = vert.iColor. rPx and rPy are coordinates of peg points Text (T. couplers) Connection Points Defines the position on the symbol where the connection lines start.iFont.iRsz.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 2 = center) rHeight height ( > 0 ) iOri orientation ( 0 = horizontal . shunts.rPx1.rMx.rPy) Defines an open polygonal line with nPts points..digsilent.rMy) and 2 points (rPx1.1 Geometrical Primitives Circle (C.rWidth. -.rMx. Labels beginning with "Label. DIgSILENT GmbH www.iFill.rPx. nPts must be set to 3.sString.htm 07/10/2011 .-9999).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 46 of 150 Visibility of the symbol Mirror Defines if the symbol can be mirror (right mouse button entry) Allow Moving Allows moving in graphic Show Connection Attributes Shows the square (resulting state of composite switches) at the end of connection lines Insertion Reference Defines the insertion point of an element (e.. stripes = vertical stripes = horizontal and vertical stripes = diagonal from left bottom to right top = diagonal from right bottom to left top = diagonal grid of stripes = filled 25% = filled 50%10 = filled 75% = normal line = dotted = dashed = dotted and dashed rWidth (Line widht in mm ( > 0)) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. iStyle.nPts {.rWidth..nPts.".3 = only to the bottom and right.375 (mm) Contents Containing objects of type "SetVitxt" defining the layout of the text boxes.used in symbols only --) sString text (max. RS_FREE) All geometrical elements have the following attributes in common: iStyle (Line style) 1 2 3 4 iFill (Fill style) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 iColor (Colour) -1 = colour of object 0 = white 1 = black 2 = bright red 3 = bright blue 4 = bright green 5 = yellow 6 = cyan 7 = magenta 8 = dark grey 9 = grey 10 = red 11 = dark rot 12 = dark green 13 = green 14 = dark blue 15 = blue 16 = white 17 = bright grey iRsz (Resize mode) 0 1 2 3 = not resizable = shift only = keep ratio = resizable in any direction = not filled = filled 100% = horiz.iRsz.iFill.nPts.

de E. The GIS conversion uses millimeter units with respect to the bottom-left origin and a limit up A0 paper format (1188 x 840 mm). or Export.. all projects should be de-activated. in Access format...de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Before starting the next steps for importing a PSS/E file.. −> PSS/E from the main menu.de F. It supports versions of PSS/E from 23 to 29 and can be found in the main menu under File −> Import. For more detailed information.After selection of a WMF file in the top entry field for the Symbol File (not rotated) a button "Create all other files" appears which allows to create automatically WMF files in the same folder with a rotation of 90. then to add the dynamic models (described in Section F.DGS'' file.2 Converting PSS/E Files The import function for PSS/E files is an integrated command of PowerFactory . Then please select from the main menu File -> Import.g.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.4) iIP Object is used for calculation of intersections (=1 only for node objects) xOff. of area (1...de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 180 and 270 degrees.1 DGS Interface With its DGS interface DIgSILENT PowerFactory offers sophisticated data import and export possibilities for the use of other programs and for dynamic data exchange... It is good practise to first import the steady-state data (described in this section). can only be used if set in source code. e. or in Excel format.de F.digsilent. in the main File menu. To export a project in PSS/E format select File −> Export. For example the DGS interface can be used for the conversion of system data from SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) and GIS (Graphical Information System).digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 47 of 150 In version 13.digsilent. The definitions of the geometrical primitives are not used if a "Symbol File" is defined..2 Import of PSS/E file (Dynamic Data) .digsilent. The dialogue of this interface is opened by selecting Import. Both import of PSS/E files as a PowerFactory project and export of PowerFactory -projects as PSS/E files are supported.de F.0 additional parameters were added: iSB No. It could therefore be necessary to transform the GIS coordinates before creation of the ". resp. please find the documentation and examples in the DGS folder inside the PowerFactory installation folder. DGS files can be either in ASCII format.digsilent. or contact the DIgSILENT Support team.2.. Additionally pictures for open devices with the same angles can be entered in the bottom lines. -> DGS Format.2.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. vector groups iLay No.. -> DGS Format.. −> PSS/E . Importing PSS/E Steady-State Data Import of PSS/E file (Dynamic Data) Exporting a project to a PSS/E file DIgSILENT GmbH www. yOff Offset used when object is inserted (optional) DIgSILENT GmbH www. Afterwards the window of the import command will pop-up. -> PSS/E. asking the user to specify various options.. General Settings Tab Page Import Options Tab Page Import Graphical Options Tab Page General Settings Tab Page file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB..htm 07/10/2011 .. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Appendix F Interfaces with Other Programs DGS Interface Converting PSS/E Files StationWare Interface DIgSILENT GmbH www..de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. of graphic layer iSN Connection number (0.2.2 Showing self defined pictures in symbols WMF and bitmaps can be selected as "Symbol File". DIgSILENT GmbH www.32.The picture will be adapted to the size of symbol in the single line diagram.1 Importing PSS/E Steady-State Data PowerFactory is able to convert both steady-state data (for load-flow and short-circuit analyses) and dynamic data files.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.drw. Sequence Data Location of the PSS/E sequence data file.Model Path are not used for the import of steady-state data and will be explained in the dynamic import Section F. Only convert file (no DB action) Internal option used for syntax check and error messages during conversion. The user must therefore relocate each one of them to the corresponding grids.*. F. Normally this box should be left unchecked. The user may consider all types of files by typing *. By default the program searches for *.*. the resulting project will contain a graphics folder where all of the PSS/E drw converted graphics will be stored.2. Convert only dynamic models file With this option enabled. in Location in the data manager tree where the imported file will be stored.2: PSS/E Import .General Settings Nominal Frequency Nominal frequency of the file to be Converted/Imported.Options Convert only sequence data file With this option enabled. the converter will add only a single-line diagram to an existing project. The following topics Dyn Models Data Parameter Mapping Composite Frame Path DSL . F. The user may consider all types of files by typing *. Convert only graphic file With this option enabled.seq extensions. By default the program searches for *.htm 07/10/2011 .*.1: PSS/E Import . PSS/E Raw data Location on the hard disk of the PSS/E raw data file.raw extensions. Save converted data in: Project The project name that will be assigned to the converted/imported file. Import Options Tab Page Fig. The user may consider all types of files by typing *. the converter will only add the dynamic data file to an existing project (only for dynamic data import).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 48 of 150 Fig. Again by default the programs searches for files with extension *.2. the converter will only add the sequence data to an existing project. Add Graphic Files Location of the PSS/E drw files on the file system. Note After the Conversion/Importing has finished.

de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Unit of 'LEN' for lines in miles instead of km With this option enabled.3: PSS/E Import . This folder has the structure as shown in Figure F. During the conversion PowerFactory detects these branches and converts them to series capacitances (by default) or to common impedances (when this option is active).Graphical Options Rotate with respect to busbar The converter will rotate the graphical layout in case of the majority of busbars being in vertical or horizontal position. F. including the correct tap position. Snap coordinates to grid The converter will snap to grid all objects in the single line graphics. The detection is using the impedances and the voltage control of the transformers. the busbars are named similar to the PSS/E raw data file (without bus number).2 Import of PSS/E file (Dynamic Data) As explained in Section F. These elements therefore are represented by lines with negative reactances.2. Convert capacitive line shunts to line susceptance B' If a line has line shunts the converter adds automatically the line shunt capacitance to the C1' (B1') in the PowerFactory line type. Transformer Symbol according to IEC This options lets the user to choose the transformer symbol as IEEE (default) or IEC representation. Consider transformer phase shift With this option enabled. Branch naming: 'BUSNAME1_BUSNAME2_ID' With this option enabled. Convert Induction Machines (P<0) With this option enabled.de F. Transformer detection/conversion The older versions of PSS/E do not know 3-winding transformers. If any candidates are available. PowerFactory will replace them by a 3-Winding Transformer. all generators in the raw data file that have negative active power will be converted to asynchronous machines. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Scaling factor The graphic files are scaled according to the scaling factor shown. the branches are named as the name of the busbars + ID. all lengths will be interpreted in miles in the PSS/E raw files. Before converting dynamic data. The IEEE dynamic data library folder can be found under Library\Models\IEEE . For transmission grids the option should be disabled for proper modeling of phase shift generators. Busbar naming: 'PSSE_NAME' With this option enabled. This option is recommended and activated by default. Import Graphical Options Tab Page Fig. This is selected here. it is recommended to copy the IEEE library folder located in the global library into the user directory. Convert Common Impedance as Transformer The Common Impedance in PSS/E may be converted to a PowerFactory common impedance or to a transformer. Automatic 3-W. DIgSILENT GmbH www.2. Convert Series Capacitance as Common Impedance Older versions of PSS/E do not know series capacitances as a dedicated model.1 it is good practise first to import the steady-state data and then to add the dynamic model data.htm 07/10/2011 .DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 49 of 150 Output only used dynamic models Displays a list of used dynamic models (only for dynamic data import).digsilent. Therefore the converter will try to detect the existence of three 2-Winding Transformers connected to a busbar.4. Convert off-nominal turn ratio to transformer tap Transformer ratios different from the rated ratio are automatically converted to a transformer type using taps. transformer phase shifts will be considered.

By default PowerFactory will automatically set up its own internal mapping file. This file defines how to translate the PSS/E internal models into PowerFactory models..1 the following topics have to be specified: Dyn Models Data Location of the PSS/E Dynamic Models data file.. Some parameter adjustments have to be made. primary controllers (PCO) and others. This is an option that normally will not have to be touched by the user.3 Exporting a project to a PSS/E file This function allows the export of the network model in PSS/E format. Models This folder contains the models for most typical models.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 50 of 150 Fig.Dynamic Model Import General Settings Tab Page . The folders also may contain user-defined models.g.PCO. including the mapping of controller parameters. The procedure to start the import of dynamic network data is very similar to the import of steady-state data. The models are described in DIgSILENT Simulation Language (DSL).Model Path Location in the PowerFactory data base where the DSL models are stored (IEEE/Models.).. automatic voltage regulators (AVRs).1 the following options should be considered: Convert only dynamic models file With this option enabled.. The export comprises both steady-state and dynamic data sets. After the conversion. Macros All models are described in the DIgSILENT simulation language DSL. If the original library should use specific folders for the different types of controllers (AVR. By default.). Frames This folder contains the composite frames which are basically wired diagrams. Models which the user implemented in PowerFactory DSL can not automatically be translated but must be modeled as user-defined controller types separately in PSS/E. F. Import Options Tab Page . the so-called DSL macros. −> PSS/E from the main menu. the user may re-arrange the models..).2.. The user may consider all types of files by typing *.Dynamic Model Import In the dialogue of General Settings in Figure F. DSL .. power system stabilizers (PSS). DIgSILENT GmbH www. Parameter Mapping Location of the PowerFactory mapping file. Composite Frame Path Location in the PowerFactory data base where the composite frames are stored (IEEE/Frames. The standard macros are stored in this folder.htm 07/10/2011 . General Settings Tab Page . An important condition for successful file conversion is that all DSL models used during the conversion process should be stored in the same model library folder. By default the program searches for *.Dynamic Model Import In the dialogue of Import Options in Figure F.de F. Please contact our support if you wish to do so. this is the case in the global PowerFactory library. the converter will only add the dynamic data file to an existing project. The correct conversion of dynamic models is only possible for the standard IEEE models..*. To export a project in PSS/E format select File −> Export. For automated conversion of user-defined PSS/E controllers the mapping file may be customized..Dynamic Model Import Import Options Tab Page . the user should copy all of the models into the same library folder. Output only used dynamic models Displays a list of used dynamic models.4: IEEE Library The following subdirectories are of importance in the conversion/importing. Export General Settings Tab Page Export Options Tab Page Export General Settings Tab Page file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. These DSL models may use functional primitives. e.PSS.dyn and *dyr extensions.digsilent.

allows modeling of all relevant work flow sequences. and integrates with PowerFactory software. Base Apparent Power Base for the power values given in per-unit system.NET technology.6: PSS/E Export .de F. interfaces with manufacturer specific relay settings software.3. The complete documentation can be found in the Reference section (Section F. F. An introduction into StationWare's general philosophy is given in Section F.3. SEQ Conversion File Path and file name for the PSS/E SEQ file. Please use these options only when requested to do so by the PowerFactory support.1.de F. PSS/E Version Version of PSS/E target files. allowing for powerful and easy-to-use settings co-ordination studies. The following two sections describe the overall StationWare architecture (Section F. Min (Zero) Impedance Branch Minimum impedance for ideal connections.5) provides a gentle introduction into the most important features.3. About StationWare Component Architecture Fundamental Concepts Configuration Getting Started Reference Technical Reference DIgSILENT GmbH www. Both PowerFactory and StationWare have to be configured before they can be used together (Section F.htm 07/10/2011 . containing the additional description of the model necessary for unbalanced conditions.4). facilitating data interfacing and exchange in a transparent and hassle free manner. based on modern IT techniques. stored and communicated by proprietary software solutions (these may even be suitable for only a particular manufacturer or even a series or type of relay). Extra Precision Activates the output of values in extended precision.digsilent. and stresses the more internal and technical part of StationWare.General settings RAW Conversion File Path and file name for the PSS/E RAW file.6).3. provides quick access to relay manuals. F. DYN Conversion File Path and file name for the PSS/E DYN file." DIgSILENT StationWare provides a single system that incorporates all such different device protocols. thereby providing one manageable software data storage system.Options Convert Motors to Generators if P<0 With this option enabled.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. both to manage the various control parameters and to centrally store substation related information and data. containing the dynamic models of the project.3 StationWare Interface This chapter describes the StationWare interface. all asynchronous machines in generator mode will be converted to synchronous machines.5: PSS/E Export .3.3). PSMS stands for Protection Settings Management System. based on latest .7) provides some deeper knowledge how PowerFactory data is converted to StationWare data and vice versa. The final Technical Reference (Section F. DIgSILENT GmbH www.3.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 51 of 150 Fig. The terms StationWare and PSMS are used as synonyms throughout the whole chapter. The Getting Started section (Section F. This results in a fragmented and distributed settings "database. containing the symmetrical description of the model. Export Options Tab Page Fig.digsilent.3. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.1 About StationWare DIgSILENT StationWare provides a reliable central protection settings database and management system for the complete power system substation data. The section of developers' options contains additional options used for debugging. Modern numerical relays have a large number of settings that are determined.3. StationWare stores and records all settings in a central database.2) and the conceptual differences between PowerFactory and StationWare (Section F.

On other clients these changes are visible. and afterward stores them back to the server. The functionality of the HTML interface is covered in the StationWare manual. HTML allows to present all kind of data e. though no HTML pages are transferred but lowerlevel data (SOAP/XML encoded). The HTML interface can be used with an usual web browser (e.8.de F.g. The HTML pages are transferred using the HTTP protocol on top of the TCP/IP internet protocol. The server interpretssuch requests and creates new HTML pages which are displayed by the browser again. PowerFactory is able to play the role of a web service client.g. Additionally HTML provides concepts to achieve interactivity: by submitting HTML forms or pressing on hyperlinks data is sent to the server. F. It integrates parts of StationWare's data and concepts smoothly into its own world. plain text. One main advantage of this architecture is the fact that the data is stored in one central database on the server. One client connects to the server and fetches the data from there. Settings that are calculated by using these tools may then be transferred back to StationWare.htm 07/10/2011 . modifies them. such that these may be used as input for the powerful PowerFactory system simulation and protection setting tools.3.2 Component Architecture DIgSILENT StationWare is a so-called Client-Server Application: the functionality is distributed on at least two computers: client and server. Microsoft Internet Explorer or Mozilla Firefox) as shown in Figure F.7 gives an overview on the components. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. The remainder of this chapter focuses on PowerFactory as client. Fig. DIgSILENT GmbH www.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 52 of 150 PowerFactory's data exchange facility allows it to access the settings stored inStationWare.7: Architecture overview Usually there are several clients.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The browser displays HTML pages which are created by StationWare's HTML front end. The web service client application is responsible to present this data conveniently. tables or images. similar to the HTML interface uses the HTTP protocol to communicate with the web service frontend.digsilent. Figure F. DIgSILENT StationWare server provides two interfaces to access from client machines: Visualization by means of a standard web browser. The web service interface.

F. Substation. In StationWare it is possible to model a location hierarchy and associate the devices to nodes in this hierarchy (e. Region.digsilent.3 Fundamental Concepts Though both in StationWare and in PowerFactory the settings and data associated with protective devices. In order to use the StationWare interface it's important to know about the differences between both applications.9. The locations are organized in a hierarchy tree as shown in Figure F. Location Device Device State Life Cycle Phase Location In StationWare each device belongs to exactly one location.de F. On the other side PowerFactory allows to create a topological representation of networks which is not supported in StationWare. such as relays.g.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 53 of 150 Fig.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. There are different location types e. substations). CTs. the systems provide a different set of concepts how to deal with this data. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. This has no equivalent on the PowerFactory side where the devices are stored inside the parent grid (ElmNet) object.g. VTs and circuit breakers are stored. or Bay. This section describes the concept mismatch between PowerFactory and StationWare.htm 07/10/2011 .8: HTML interface DIgSILENT GmbH www.3. Area.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 54 of 150

Fig. F.9: StationWare locations

In PowerFactory the data is organized in projects (IntPrj). A project may have one or more grids (ElmNet) which in turn contain net elements e.g. terminals, cubicles, and relays (ElmRelay). See Figure F.10 for a typical PowerFactory project.

Fig. F.10: PowerFactory project

StationWare's location concept and PowerFactory's pr oject/grid concept hardly fit together. That's the reason why the data mapping between PowerFactory and StationWare begins at the device level which is the subject of the next sections.
Device

StationWare manages a set of devices e.g. relays, CTs, VTs, or Circuit breakers. Each device is associated to a device type e.g. ABB DPU2000R or SEL421 003. Additionally each device has an unique ID: the device ID.
In PowerFactory a relay is represented by an ElmRelay object which references exactly one TypRelay object. The ElmRelay object contains several sub-components e.g. the I> component (a RelToc object), the Logic component (RelLogic), or the Ios component (RelMeasure). See Figure F.11 for an example. The device ID is used to link one StationWare device to one PowerFactory device. The PowerFactory device e.g. an ElmRelay object stores the StationWare device ID as foreign key.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 55 of 150

Fig. F.11: PowerFactory relay Device State

A device's state is in StationWare called setting. A setting is a list of attributes, and describes the state of one device completely. An attribute is a tuple of
attribute name, attribute type which can be an arbitrary integer or floating point number, optionally with a range restriction, or a string, or a enumeration type., a default value, an optional unit.

A complex relay may have thousands of attributes. In StationWare the setting attributes are organized in so-called setting groups. A setting group groups the attributes together which belong somehow together. It's often defined by the device manufacturer. Each attribute belongs to exactly one setting group. Inside a group the attribute name is unique. The device type defines which attributes and groups characterize a device. Table F.1 shows an example of a possible device type. There are two setting groups G and H. Group G has the attributes a, b, and c, group H has the attributes d and e.
Group G H a b c d e Name integer in [0,10] float float in [0.03,1.65] string enum 'yes','no','maybe' Type 0 -0.32 1.0 'DEFAULT' 'yes' Default A I/s Unit

Table F.1: Settings Definition

According to this attribute definition a device can have settings as shown in tables F.2 or F.3.
Group, Name G,a G,b G,c H,d H,e Table F.2: Settings Example 1 Group, Name G,a G,b G,c H,d H,e Table F.3: Settings Example 2 8 0 1.1 'abcdef' 'yes' Value 7 23.43 1.1 'abc' 'maybe' Value

On the PowerFactory side there are neither setting nor group nor attribute. There is the ElmRelay object and its sub-objects. These objects can have parameters. See table F.4 for a definition and table F.5 for an example. The TypRelay type defines components and parameters.

StationWare attributes are somehow mapped to PowerFactory parameters and vice versa. How this actually is accomplished, is described in Section F.3.7 Technical Reference . The mapping is non-trivial since only a small subset of the attributes (the calculation-relevant data) is modeled in PowerFactory and vice versa. Additionally
there is no one-to-one relationship between attributes, and parameters and a parameter could get calculated out of several attributes. .
Component i> Logic Ios Table F.4: Parameter Definition o p q r s Parameter integer string enum 'enabled','disabled' float float Type

Some relays support multiple setting groups (MSG) also called parameter sets. Such relays have the same group many times (c.f. table F.5). The groups H1, H 2, and H 3 have the same set of attributes (c and d). Some relay models in PowerFactory do not support this concept fully. Instead of modeling all MSGs, only one instance of the H groups is provided. In this case a group index parameter defines which of the MSGs actually is transferred from StationWare to PowerFactory.
Life Cycle Phase

In StationWare each setting has one life cycle phase e.g. Planning or Applied. At each point in time a device can have a set of settings e.g. three Planning settings, one Applied setting and 12 Historic settings.
Component Parameter i>:o Logic:p Logic:q Ios:r 8 'HIGH' 'enabled' 18.5 Value

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 56 of 150

Ios:s Table F.5: Parameter Example

19.5

.
Group G H1 H2 H3 a b c d c d c d Name integer in [0,10] float string float in [0.03,1.65] string float in [0.03,1.65] string float in [0.03,1.65] Type 0 -0.32 'DEFAULT' 1.0 'DEFAULT' 1.0 'DEFAULT' 1.0 Default A I/s Unit

Table F.6: Multiple Setting Group Definition

In PowerFactory a device has exactly one state (or setting). Therefore when data is transferred between PowerFactory and StationWare, always a concrete device setting in StationWare must be specified. For PowerFactory purposes a special PowerFactory planning phase is introduced. The transfer directions are specified as follows:
Imports from StationWare into PowerFactory are restricted to Applied and PowerFactory settings. Applied denotes the current applied setting (Applied) or a previous applied (Historic) setting. Exports from PowerFactory to StationWare are restricted to the PowerFactory setting. (Applied and Historic settings are read-only and can never be changed).

(Actually PowerFactory's sophisticated variant management is similar to the phase concept, but there is no obvious way how to bring them together.)

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

F.3.4 Configuration In order to transfer data between PowerFactory and StationWare both systems must be configured. StationWare Server PowerFactory Client
StationWare Server

An arbitrary StationWare user account can be used for the StationWare interface in PowerFactory. The user must have enough access rights to perform operations e.g. for the export from PowerFactory to StationWare write-rights must be granted. The bi-directional transfer of settings is restricted to lifecycle phases with
1. 2. status PLANNING or REVIEW and with a cardinality constraint of 1 i.e. there may exist one or no such setting for one device.

Please ensure that at least one phase fullfills these requirements, and there exists a setting of this phase.
PowerFactory Client

The client operating system must allow connections to the server (network and firewall settings etc.). Nothing has to be done in the PowerFactory configuration itself. The TypRelays in the Library must of course support StationWare/PowerFactory mapping.

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

F.3.5 Getting Started This section is a simple walkthrough and covers the most essential StationWare interface functionality. By using a simple PowerFactory project and simple StationWare substation, it describes
1. 2. 3. 4. how relays in StationWare and PowerFactory are created, how these relays are linked, how settings can be exported from PowerFactory to StationWare, how settings can be imported again into PowerFactory.

All (especially the more advanced) options and features are described in the reference section (see Section F.3.6 Reference ). Prepare substation in StationWare Prepare project in PowerFactory Link Relays and establish a Connection Export and Import Settings
Prepare substation in StationWare

We begin with the StationWare side. We create a substation and two relays within:
start the web browser, log on to the StationWare system, create a new substation titled Getting Started, create two relays named Getting Started Relay 1 and Getting Started Relay 2 in the Getting Started substation

In the HTML interface the station detail page should look as shown in Figure F.12.
Go to the detail page of the Getting Started Relay 1 (Figure F.13).

Since we have just created the device it has no settings, yet. Later it will contain a PowerFactory setting which reflects the relay state on the PowerFactory side.

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

14. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. draw a simple grid with two terminals (ElmTerm) connected by a line (ElmLne) as shown in Figure F.13: Device Prepare project in PowerFactory Create a new PowerFactory project and create a simple grid within start PowerFactory.htm 07/10/2011 .DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 57 of 150 Fig. F. F.12: Substation Fig. create a new project titled GettingStarted.

htm 07/10/2011 .14: Grid Now add a relay to the upper terminal right-click the cubicle quadrangle with the mouse./Relay Model.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 58 of 150 Fig. as shown in Figure F.. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. F.. A dialogue pops up that allows you to specify the settings of the new relay (ElmRelay).15. press OK in the same way add a relay Getting Started Relay 2 to the second terminal. PowerFactory's object filter mechanism gives an overview over all devices inside the current project.16). A context menu pops up. select New Devices... insert Getting Started Relay 1 as Name select an appropriate Relay Type which supports StationWare import/export (see Figure F.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 59 of 150 Fig.15: Cubicle context menu Press the icon (Edit Relevant Objects for calculation) in the toolbar and select the icon (ElmRelay) to filter out all non-relay objects as shown in Figure F. Link Relays and establish a Connection Now the PowerFactory relays must get linked to the StationWare relays. A Log on to StationWare server dialogue pops up. F. press the right mouse button. select the StationWare menu item.18). A context menu pops up as shown in Figure F. mark both relay icons with the mouse.17.htm 07/10/2011 . Since this is the first time PowerFactory connects to the StationWare server some connection settings must be entered. All calculation relevant relays (actually there only the two we created above) are displayed in a table (see Figure F.19. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. select the Select Device ID item.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 60 of 150 Fig.168.asmx enter Username and Password of a valid StationWare user account.18: Relay display file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. F. F. Fig. The URL should have a format similar to http://192.htm 07/10/2011 .17: Relay object filter enter the Server Endpoint URL of the StationWare server.16: Relay dialogue Fig.53/psmsws/psmsws.1. F.

The reference section (Section 1. a browser dialogue pops up which displays the location hierarchy as known from the StationWare HTML interface. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. F. Fig. F. The connection procedure may take some seconds.19.. F.168. in the same way select Getting Started Relay 2 for the second PowerFactory relay.Established connection to StationWare server 'http://192. If the server could be accessed and the user could be authenticated a success message is printed into the output window DIgSI/info .53/psmsws/psmsws. Export and Import Settings Having linked PowerFactory to StationWare devices.21. Fig..1. Fig. item in the StationWare menu entry.2) explains the connection options in detail.20 shows the dialogue settings. navigate to the Getting Started substation.6.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 61 of 150 Fig. 1.16). select the Getting Started Relay 1 device. The dialogue is shown in Figure F. See Section Export and Import Settings in the Reference section for all export options. Correct the connection settings until the connection is successfully created. select the Export. the transfer between both systems can be started.19: Device context menu Figure F. press OK. A ComStationware dialogue is shown which allows to specify the export options (c.f.21: Browser dialogue Now the PowerFactory relay is "connected" to the StationWare device.htm 07/10/2011 . mark the relays with the mouse and right-click to get the relay context menu as shown in Figure F.20: Log on dialogue press OK.asmx' as user'pf00002' Otherwise an error dialogue pops up. Having established a connection to the server.

After a few seconds the relay settings are transferred to the server.23: Device detail page navigate to the relay detail view of the Getting Started Relay 1 relay (c. and the output window contains the message DIgSI/info . F.htm 07/10/2011 .DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 62 of 150 Fig. F. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. F.f.23) Observe the new created PF setting.Exported 2 of 2 device settings successfully The result can now be observed in the StationWare HTML interface.Fig.24).22: ComStationware dialogue select PowerFactory as Life cycle Phase. Fig. F. press Execute. Fig.f. The phase of this setting is PowerFactory. switch to the settings detail page of the new PF setting (c.

6 Reference This section describes all options and features concerning the StationWare interface.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 63 of 150 Fig.19) in the data manager as shown in Figure F. F. Again the ComStationware dialogue (see Figure F.22) pops up as known from the export. leave the default settings. press Execute. item in the StationWare menu entry. The Device Context Menu Connection The Browser Dialogue The ComStationware Object Import Options Export Options The Device Context Menu Almost all functionality can be accessed by the device context menu.de F.25. modify the PF settings in StationWare by entering some other values in PowerFactory mark the relays with the mouse and right-click to get the relay context menu as shown in Figure F.24: Setting detail page The setting values should correspond to the relay state in PowerFactory..de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. In the same way the Getting Started Relay 2 relay has a new PF setting.3.Imported 2 of 2 device settings successfully find ElmRelay object parameters changed according to the changes on the StationWare side All import options are described in detail in the reference section Export and Import Settings .19..htm 07/10/2011 . Mark one ore more objects which supports the StationWare transfer e. select the Import. DIgSILENT GmbH www. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. ElmRelay in the object filter (Figure F.g. Again the result of the settings transfer is reflected in the output window: DIgSI/info .digsilent. Now try the opposite direction and import a setting from StationWare into PowerFactory.

opens the ComStationware dialogue and sets the device selection according to the above selected device objects. F.27: User settings As mentioned in the Architecture section (Section 1. The dialogue is subject of section The Browser Dialogue . The connection settings are covered by Section 1. For device import the user requires read-access rights.53/psmsws/psmsws. F..168.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 64 of 150 Fig. For exporting additionally write-access rights are required. an administrator account is more powerful than a usual user account.6. HTTP).26. starts the Browser dialogue (Figure F. The technology PowerFactory and StationWare use to communicate is called web services and is standardized like many other internet technologies (HTML.27).name/psmsws/psmsws.2) StationWare is a client-server application. The client component is the PowerFactory application which is running on a client machine. The account privileges restrict the application functionality e.server.asmx or http://192. Fig..server.1. Export.g. The privileges of the StationWare account actually restrict the functionality. F. This may be useful when you are using several StationWare accounts and want to switch between them.htm 07/10/2011 .asmx is the name of the StationWare application.28. Select Device ID. The StationWare connection options are stored in the user settings (Figure F. After each successful logon the user settings are updated. This 'name' is called service endpoint and resembles a web page URL: http://the. terminates the current StationWare session if it's already existing. The very same StationWare account can be used by two different PowerFactory users. Disconnect terminates the StationWare session Connection Similar to the HTML interface the StationWare interface in PowerFactory is session-oriented: when a user logs on to the system by specifying a valid StationWare account (username and password) a new session is created. A StationWare user account has nothing to do with the PowerFactory user account..29) to link this device to a StationWare device.asmx http denotes the protocol.26: Log on dialogue Working with PowerFactory the first time the StationWare server is required the Logon dialogue is shown as shown in Figure F. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. the. Only inside such a session StationWare can be used. The connection options are as follows: Service Endpoint The Service Endpoint denotes the StationWare server 'name' as described above Username/Password Username and Password have to be valid user account in StationWare. The Browser Dialogue As mentioned in the Concept description (see Section Device ) the StationWare device ID is stored as Foreign Key in the ElmRelay object dialogue (Description page) as shown in Figure F. The server computer (or more exactly the StationWare service application on the server computer) has a 'name' by which it can be accessed.2. Reset Device ID resets the device ID. Connect. Fig. does the same for the export direction..name is the computer name (or DNS) of the server computer and psmsws/psmsws.. The StationWare server component is located on a server machine in the internet..25: Device context menu The StationWare submenu contains the entries as follows: Import. Shows a Log On dialogue. The ComStationware dialogue settings are explained in detail in section The ComStationware Object ...

1) and the export (Section 1. Fig. The hierarchy data is cached to minimize network accesses. The Refresh button empties the cache and enforces PowerFactory to re-fetch the correct data from the server.htm 07/10/2011 . The ComStationware Object In PowerFactory almost everything is an object: relays are ElmRelay objects. Life cycle Phase/Time stamp A list of available life cycle phases is shown. The calculation can be performed with several options e.29. 3-Phase. By default the study case of a new project contains no ComStationWare object.4. it does export data) it is implemented as a ComStationware object. as well as the ComShc object is instantiated at the time when the first short-circuit calculation is performed.4. Every action object has an Execute button which starts the action. In fact there is a large number of parametrized actions like load flow calculation (ComLdf).28: ElmRelay dialogue A more convenient way is to use the Browser dialogue shown in Figure F. All objects which can 'do' something have the Com prefix. F. It is located in the project's study case according to PowerFactory conventions.g.31): Transfer Mode select Import from StationWare as Transfer Mode Check only Plausibility if the Check only Plausibility flag is enabled the import is only simulated but not really executed. single phase. The dialogue allows to browse through the StationWare location hierarchy and select a device. there is even a ComExit object that shuts down PowerFactory.6. and grids are ElmNet objects. The ComStationware object is used both for the import (Section 1. All these calculation options are stored in the ComShc object.30. The actual Getting Started project (Section 1. Since the StationWare interface is actually 'doing' something (it does import data. It is automatically created when it is first needed. F.2).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 65 of 150 Fig. Import Options The ComStationware dialogue provides import options as follows (Figure F.6. simulation (ComSim).29: Browser dialogue You can even specify the fault location. or 3 Phase to Neutral. users are IntUser objects.30: Project study case file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Fig.5) is shown in Figure F. F. What may be on the first sight confusing is the fact that actions are objects as well: for a short-circuit calculation a ComShc object is created. Due this caching it's possible that there may exist newly created locations or devices which are not displayed in the browser dialogue.

These parameters are ignored completely if the relay has no MSGs. If the relay in StationWare has MSGs and the PowerFactory relay model supports MSGs and .. Devices not supported by StationWare are ignored. .32: ComStationware export options Export Options The export options are almost identical to the import options (Figure F. 2005-02-28 22:27:16 The time part may be omitted. Then 00:00:00 AM is assumed.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 66 of 150 Fig. all calculation-relevant devices are imported. Devices outside the activated project are ignored. If additionally a Timestamp value is entered the setting that was applied at this time is transferred which may either be Applied or Historic. F. — If the relay in StationWare has MSGs and the PowerFactory relay model doesn't support MSGs: then the Group Index-th group is imported.g.f.All Settings Groups is enabled: then all groups are transfered.31: ComStationware import options PowerFactory selects the current setting with PowerFactory phase as source setting. except the ones not supported by StationWare a SetFilt object: the SetFilt is the most flexible way to specify the device selection e. you can select all devices in the project of type ElmRelay and whose name begin with PW. The Timestamp format is in ISO format: e. The Device Selection parameter can be an ElmRelay object: this and only this relay is imported a SetSelect object: a SetSelect is a container that may hold several objects. All Devices If All Devices is enabled. F.32): Transfer Mode Select Export as Transfer Mode file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. All Settings Groups/Group Index This parameter specifies how multiple settings groups (MSG) are handled (c. The import transfer is started by pressing Execute..3). the Device Selection provides a more subtle way to specify which devices are to be transferred. All of them are transferred. The Device Selection is automatically set if the Device Context Menu mechanism (Section The Device Context Menu ) is used.g. if Applied is selected the current Applied setting is transferred.htm 07/10/2011 . Device Selection Unless All Devices is enabled. Section 1..All Settings Groups is disabled: then only the Group Index -th group is transferred. Fig.

34 shows the Basic options. G. Type data like TypRelay objects should be located in a library folder e. Logic:p.33 for an example database structure.ComDpl and PsmsExport. The StationWare attributes are G.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 67 of 150 Life cycle Phase A list of possible life cycle targets is shown.ComDpl object near t initialize dpl's input parameter with the device attributes from StationWare initialize dpl's external object parameter Relay with d execute dpl Fig.de F. double (for floating point numbers). Logic:p. and Ios:r are mapped. Figure F. 3. too. The Value field must be empty. let t be d's device type let dpl be the PsmsImport. An export script shouldn't change anything at all (at least within PowerFactory).e. 2.ComDpl must meet the requirements as follows: Name must be PsmsImport General Selection must be empty Input Parameters this table holds the StationWare attributes. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. PowerFactory is delivered with a library of relay models.c. H. Let d be the device whose setting is to be imported: 1. The scripts have to be named PsmsImport. That's exactly DPL's most important disadvantage as well. DIgSILENT GmbH www. F.c. G. Then the PowerFactory -relevant parameters are copied upon the existing target setting.d.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Note: DPL's most important benefit is: you can do everything. External Object this table contains exactly one entry: an object with the Name Relay. Ios:r. Overview Import Scripts Export Scripts How to create a new Device Type conversion Overview For each device type (TypRelay) and each transfer direction a separate DPL script is required.3.b. Applied settings can never be changed. and H. We use the StationWare device type example shown in table F. The StationWare interface is heavily based on DPL (DIgSILENT Programming Language) which is documented in a separate DPL Manual. the PowerFactory parameters are I>:o. or string (for string and enum values). The attribute unit has to inserted in the Unit field if appropriate. Import Scripts The algorithm used for the import from StationWare to PowerFactory is as follows.7 Technical Reference The purpose of this section is to describe what happens internally inside PowerFactory when device settings are exported or imported. Be sure that your DPL scripts do what they should do and not more.a.1 from the Concept section (Section 1. Click Execute to start the data transfer. The export DPL script takes a ElmRelay object as input parameter and calculates some output parameters which are the StationWare attributes. and Ios:s. in the project library.htm 07/10/2011 . A way how to enhance the library for new device types is shown in this section as well.d and the parameters I>:o. An import script should only set the parameters in the ElmRelay object and its subcomponents. The import DPL script takes the StationWare attributes and a ElmRelay object as input and fills somehow the ElmRelay object's and its subobjects' parameters.33: Database structure The execution step actually sets the relay parameters. See Figure F.digsilent. The object column must be empty. If it is referenced from several projects.3. The others are ignored since there is no equivalent concept on the other system. A Description may be inserted.3) and the PowerFactory device type as shown in table F.ComDpl and must be located in the same folder as the TypRelay object. G. it belongs into a global library. 5.g. 4. This section also explains how new device types are integrated.a. Only the attributes G. The Name has the format [group name]__[attribute name] The Type may either be int (for integer numbers). The PsmsImport. This library cannot contain all relays of all manufacturers. and H. Logic:q. Please have in mind that a setting of the life cycle is available.

The second page of the ComDpl script holds the output parameters. F. It should set the relay parameters according to the input parameters.34: DPL import script: Basic options The Input parameters get initialized with the StationWare attribute values and the External Object with the current relay. They have the meaning as follows (Figure F.htm 07/10/2011 .35 shows the Advanced options).36 shows the Script page which contains the DPL code. The code must be a valid DPL program. Remote Script this parameter must be unset Result Parameters the table must have one entry with Name Result of Type String.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 68 of 150 Fig. The DPL script should set this parameter to OK if the import procedure was successful. Otherwise it may hold an error message which is displayed in the output window. F. Fig. Figure F.35: DPL import script: Advanced options file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 69 of 150 Fig. Below the Result parameter are the StationWare attributes.36: DPL import script: Script Export Scripts The export direction is almost symmetric to the import process. Remote Script this parameter must be unset Result Parameters the table must have the first entry with Name Result of Type String.37 shows the Basic options. The second page of the ComDpl script holds the output parameters.37: DPL export script: Basic options Name ComDpl.38 shows the Advanced options). Fig. let t be d's device type let dpl be the PsmsExport. General Selection must be empty Input Parameters this table must be empty External Object this table contains exactly one entry: an object with the Name Relay.htm 07/10/2011 .Name must be PsmsExport. F. F. Be d the device whose setting is to exported: 1. 5. 3.ComDpl object near t initialize dpl's external object parameter Relay with d execute dpl transfer dpl's output parameter to the setting in StationWare The export DPL script must also meet some requirements: Figure F. They have the meaning as follows (Figure F. 4. The object column must be empty. Otherwise it may hold an error message which is displayed in the output window. The DPL script should set this parameter to OK if the import procedure was successful. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 2.

create a simple PowerFactory project which contains a device of the desired type link the PowerFactory device to the StationWare device by setting the foreign key to the device ID. In quite the same way create and verify a PsmsExport. F.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 70 of 150 Figure F. It should not change the database.39: DPL export script: Script How to create a new Device Type conversion This section gives some practical guidelines how to create the conversion scripts for new types. DIgSILENT GmbH www. define the input and output parameters of the ComDpl object write the DPL code test the script by importing the PowerFactory setting Iterate these steps until there are no error messages.39 shows the Script page which contains the DPL code. F.ComDpl script.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Create a default PowerFactory setting for this device. Change the setting in StationWare and re-try the import.38: DPL export script: Advanced options Fig. Fig.ComDpl near the TypRelay object.htm 07/10/2011 . First create a test environment: create in StationWare a new substation with one device of the desired device type.digsilent. Then write the import script: create an empty PsmsImport. The code must be a valid DPL program.

There is the possibility to execute a predefined output command ComSh or to define own outputs with the DPL commands available. During or at the end of the execution of the DPL script.1: Principle of a DPL command The DPL command object ComDpl is the central element. the results can be outputted or parameters of elements my be changed. i. variables or objects to various functions or internal elements and then puts out results or changes parameters. ComLdf.htm 07/10/2011 ..e. These input information can then be evaluated using functions and internal variables inside the script. which can not be accessed or altered.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 71 of 150 Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. It will always communicate with the database and will store changed settings.1 The Principle Structure of a DPL Command The principle Structure of a DPL script is shown in Figure G. especially defined with certain calculation options subscripts also released in DPL filter sets. ComSim.de Appendix G The DIgSILENT Programming Language . like a calculation command. which are then stored inside a so called "General Selection''.de G. Fig. which is connecting different parameter. Also internal objects can be used and executed. parameters or results directly in the database objects. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. As the input to the script can be predefined input parameters. Such user-defined calculation commands can be used in all areas of power system analysis. G. Such new calculation functions are written as program scripts which may use Flow commands like 'if-then-else´ and 'do-while' PowerFactory commands (i.e.DPL The DIgSILENT Programming Language DPL serves the purpose of offering an interface for automating tasks in the PowerFactory program. There is nearly no object inside the active project.1. which can be executed during the operation of the script Thus the DPL script will run a series of operation and start calculation or other function inside the script. such as Network optimizing Cable-sizing Protection coordination Stability analysis Parametric sweep analysis Contingency analysis etc. etc. load-flow or short-circuit commands) Input and output routines Mathematical expressions PowerFactory object procedure calls Subroutine calls The Principle Structure of a DPL Command The DPL Command Object The DPL Script Editor The DPL Script Language Access to Other Objects Access to Locally Stored Objects Accessing the General Selection Accessing External Objects Remote Scripts and DPL Command Libraries DPL Functions and Subroutines DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. single objects from the single line diagram or the database or a set of objects/elements. The DPL method distinguishes itself from the command batch method in several aspects: DPL offers decision and flow commands DPL offers the definition and use of user-defined variables DPL has a flexible interface for input-output and for accessing objects DPL offers mathematical expressions The DPL adds a new dimension to the DIgSILENT PowerFactory program by allowing the creation of new calculation functions.digsilent.

The example depicted in Figure G.htm 07/10/2011 . Select a DPL script. This will pop up a list of available DPL scripts from the global and local In this way the selection is combined into a DPL Commands Set and the set is automatically selected for the script chosen. The dialogue is now shown and the parameters.. Then press OK and a new DPL command is created.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. from the context sensitive menu. Choose the option Execute DPL Scripts from the context sensitive menu. It is also possible to select several elements in the data manager.. insert/change the variables and then press the button Execute can be activated.−> DPL Commands Set. This means that setting the DPL command set in one DPL command dialogue. the icon library. Then right-click the selection (one of the selected elements) and choose the option Define.3 Executing a DPL Command To execute a DPL command or to access the dialogue of a script. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.de G.digsilent. This list will show DPL scripts from the global as well as from the local library. G.de G. The easiest way to start a DPL command AND define a selection for it is To select one or more elements in the single line diagram or in the data manager and then right-click the selection.2 The DPL Command Object The DPL command object ComDpl holds a reference to a remote DPL command when it is not a root command. will change the DPL command set for all DPL commands in the database. but there are several ways to define a special set of object used in the DPL command..digsilent.de G. Right-click the selection and choose the option Define. DIgSILENT GmbH www.2 Defining a DPL Commands Set The DPL command holds a reference to a selection of objects (General Selection).2..−> DPL Commands Set..2. Then select a DPL script from the list..2.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 72 of 150 DIgSILENT GmbH www. A referring command uses the script of the remote DPL command.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. from the context sensitive menu.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.digsilent.digsilent. At first this general selection is empty. objects and the script can now be specified.1 Creating a new DPL Command A DPL Command ComDpl can be created by using the "New Object'' ( ) icon in the toolbar of the data manager and selecting DPL Command and more.de G.2: A DPL command A root command has its own script on the "script'' page of the dialogue. Fig. Only one single DPL command set is valid at a time for all DPL scripts. This dialogue is also opened by double-clicking a DPL script. by selecting Edit from the context sensitive menu or by selecting the script from the list when pressing the icon ..2 is apparently a referring command. This "DPL Commands Set'' (SetSelect) can be specified through: Select one or more elements in the single line diagram. DIgSILENT GmbH www. DIgSILENT GmbH www..de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. since its "DPL script'' reference is set to the remote command \ Library\ DPL Commands\ CheckVLoading.

. The syntax can be divided into the following parts: variable definitions assignments and expressions program flow instructions method calls The statements in a DPL script are separated by semicolons. This is done by pressing then selecting the set type.de G. searches the set of lines for which a short-circuit causes too deep a voltage dip at a specific busbar.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Example: statement1.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. The "root command'' as described above in the example uses the local defined script. on the bottom side of the Script page of a DPL command Now a new window will be opened in PowerFactory.. selecting "other'' and the element "Set (SetSelect)'' and The interface section Input Parameters is used to define variables that are accessible from outside the DPL command itself.4 The DPL Script Language The DPL script language uses a syntax quite similar to the C++ programming language. which is then used by this script instead of a local defined script on the next page Script. This is a so called "referring command''. Or new DPL command sets can be created and selected inside the active study case.5 DPL Script Page The most important part of a DPL root command is of course the actual DPL program script. On this page the DPL code of a already defined script is shown and/or new command lines can be inserted for modifying this script or writing a new script. statement2. may use and change the values of the interface variables of these DPL subroutines.digsilent. DIgSILENT GmbH www.2. When finished editing. } DIgSILENT GmbH www. With the "search next'' icon find/replace/go to the next matching word. DIgSILENT GmbH www. press the icon and the script will be synchronized with the main dialogue.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de G. The available commands and the DPL language are described in the following sections. and easy to learn. easy to read. a Replace or also a Go To function inside the editor. the scripts will not be synchronized anymore. With the "search previous'' icon find/replace/go to the previous matching word. DPL commands that call other DPL commands as subroutines. To activate this editor press the icon dialogue. for example. This type of language is intuitive. The basic command set has been kept as small as possible. Also there can be Result parameters defined. Also jump from one bookmark to the next or previous as well as clear all bookmarks. Here the script can be written in a very convenient way similar to the programming language C++.digsilent. Hence it is possible to access them through the variable monitor and display them in a plot.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.4 DPL Advanced Options On the Advanced Options page a Remote script can be selected.de G. One can also jump to the main graphics board by selecting the option Window −> Graphic.digsilent. from the main menu. groupstatement2. would access that specific busbar as an external object.digsilent. With the these icons bookmarks can be set in the editor. if no Remote script is selected.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. A DPL command that. The list of External Objects is used to execute the DPL command for specific objects.htm 07/10/2011 . With the "search'' icon the user can activate a Find.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 73 of 150 Note To choose different sets for various DPL scripts you can either use different selection object SetSelect like the "General Set''. Statements are grouped together by braces.2. There are several tools which can be used in this editor: With this icon "Edit Object'' the edit dialogue of the script is opened and the user can Check the modified script for errors or one can Execute it. DIgSILENT GmbH www. The highlighting will be activated automatically. if (condition) { groupstatement1. That script is written on the Script page of a DPL root command dialogue. The edited program code also features a highlighting specially suited for handling DPL scripts. These parameters are results from the script and they are stored inside the result object. If this "Disconnect'' icon is pressed. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de G. The script inside the editor and in the dialogue are synchronized each time the script is saved or edited in the dialogue. Performing the same command for another busbar would then only require setting the external object to the other busbar.digsilent..3 The DPL Script Editor There is also an own editor available for conveniently writing a DPL script.

4. i.. ! x now y = sin(x). NrOfBreakers. [TYPE] = double | int | object | set All parameter declarations must be given together in the top first lines of the DPL script.5)=3. AllBars.4.digsilent.5)=6.0000 frac(-4. DIgSILENT GmbH www.5092 tanh(0.0 2.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.718281)=1.3 Assignments and Expressions The following syntax is used to assign a value to a variable: variable = expression variable += expression variable -= expression The add-assignment "+='' adds the right side value to the variable and the subtract-assignment "-='' subtracts the right-side value.65)=2.4)=22..de G.de G. a 15 digits real number int. *.y) abs(x) min(x.5708 -1.x = 0.y.4)=2 trunc(-4.4. 1. txt1.93203 cos(1.y) trunc(x) frac(x) round(x) ceil(x) description sine cosine tangent arcsine arccosine arctangent hyperbolic sine hyperbolic cosine hyperbolic tangent exponential value natural logarithm log10 square root power of 2 power of y absolute value smaller value larger value remainder of x/y integral part fractional part closest integer smallest larger integer example sin(1. The semicolon is obligatory.5. varname.5708 DIgSILENT GmbH www. all internal and external objects are constant too.y) max(x.2 Constant parameters DPL uses constant parameters which cannot be changed.0822 sqr(3.5708 1. a container of objects Vectors and Matrices are available as external objects.4.58823)=-4.htm 07/10/2011 .15)=2. Examples: double x.5 max(6. 1.0000 exp(1. AllSwitches. an integer number string. ! y now equals equals equals equals 1.y) modulo(x.58823)=-0.7616)=1.2 atan(2. / Standard functions ( all trigonometric functions based on radians (RAD)): function sin(x) cos(x) tan(x) asin(x) acos(x) atan(x) sinh(x) cosh(x) tanh(x) exp(x) ln(x) log(x) sqrt(x) sqr(x) pow (x. ! x now y -= x.de G. O2.digsilent. varname.0 log(100)=2 sqrt(9.36236)=1.3013 cosh(1.36236 tan(1.34 min(6.3. a string object. a reference to a PowerFactory object set.0822)=9. DIgSILENT GmbH www. nm2.5708)=2.6.93203)=1..5 pow(2.1 Variable Definitions DPL uses the following internal parameter types double.000 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.718281 ln(2. BestSwitchToOpen. Length.4 modulo(15.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. O1.4. Doing so will lead to an error message.4 Standard Functions The following operators and functions are available: Arithmetic operators: +.5)=1.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 74 of 150 support@digsilent.57215 asin(0.57215)=1. Pgen. 3.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The following constants variables are defined in the DPL syntax: SEL is the general DPL selection NULL is the 'null' object this is the DPL command itself Besides these global constants.2)=2.2 sinh(1.5422 abs(-2.5*pi().digsilent. ! y now x += y.34)=2.2)=0.2)=0.0)=2.000 ceil(1.de G.58823 round(1. It is therefore not accepted to assign a value to these variables.4. j.2 acos(0. -. The syntax for defining variables is as follows: [VARDEF] = [TYPE] varname.5708)=2. Examples: double int string object set Losses. nm1. .

" | ". The value will be assigned to the variable "var''. if (err) { ! do not continue AllOk = 0.Execute(). The loop statement list will be executed again when the expression evaluates to TRUE. while (O1) { O1. if (err) { Ldf:iopt_lev = 1. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. o=s. o. } Break and Continue The loop statements 'do-while' and 'while-do' may contain 'break' and 'continue' commands. err = Ldf.{b<>3}) { err = Ldf.1: DPL Standard Functions Constants: pi() twopi() e() Table." Binary operators: "." | ". [statlist] } Unary operators: ". statement ) [statlist] in which [boolexpr] = expression [boolcomp] expression [boolcomp] = "<" | ">" | "=" | ">=" | ">=" | "<>" [statlist] = statement.4. ! add } O2 = S2. Example: input(diameter. continue.eor. } else { b = a/2.htm 07/10/2011 . | { statement. Ldf:iopt_lev = 0. } for (o=s. The execution of the DPL script will continue with the first command following the loop statement. G.} DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent. The string may contain "=''-signs.Execute(). The input command will pop up a window with the string and an input line on which the user may enter a value. } while (sin(a)>=b*c) { a = O:dline.Next. } if ({. output('the entered value=diameter'). } } for (i = 0.de G.and. !reset while (O2) { err = Ldf. } O2 = S2.and.nor. AllOk = 1.Next()) { o.not. i = i+1){ x = x + i.6 Input and Output The "input'' command asks the user to enter a value.First(). The "output'' command writes a line of text to the output window. G. } else { DoReport(1). output(string).a}. DoReport(0).Open().de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de G.4.First(). The 'continue' command skips the execution of the following statements in the smallest enclosing 'do-while' or 'while-do' statement. input(var.nand. ! report } O1 = S1. Example: O1 = S1. i < 10.First()." Parentheses: {logical expression} Examples: if (a<3) { b = a*2.2: DPL Internal Constants largest smaller integer floor(1. 'enter diameter'). string).Execute(). The variable name will then be replaced by the variable's value.78)=1. c = c + delta. The execution of the DPL script is continued with the evaluation of the boolean expression of the loop statement." | ". } if (AllOk) { DoReport(2).000 pi 2 pi e DIgSILENT GmbH www. [boolexpr] . err = Ldf. if (err) { ! skip this one O1 = S1. The 'break' command terminates the smallest enclosing 'do-while' or 'while-do' statement. The 'break' and 'continue' commands may not appear outside a loop statement.digsilent. break.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.ShowFullName().or.3.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 75 of 150 floor(x) Table.Next().Execute().5 Program Flow Instructions The following flow commands are available.Next(). if ( [boolexpr] ) [statlist] if ( [boolexpr] ) [statlist] else [statlist] do [statlist] while ( [boolexpr] ) while ( [boolexpr] ) [statlist] for ( statement . followed by a variable name.not. The example results in the pop up of a window as depicted in Figure G." | ". Otherwise the loop statement is ended and the execution will continue with the first command following the loop statement.

de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 09. 02. 04. ! report line loading } This examples is very primitive but it shows the basic methods for accessing database objects and their parameters. 05. is made by editing the object "Ldf'' in the database. such a script would not be able to use or manipulate variables of 'external' objects. ! get line loading output('loading=loading'). They are known in the DPL script under their own name. 08.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. } else { loading = Line:c:loading. ! force unbalanced In this example. in the DPL command folder itself. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. ! force unbalanced error = Ldf. The list of external objects is nothing more than a list of 'aliases'. the object "Ldf''. for instance a result from the load-flow calculations. 03.Execute(). for instance. program flow and the input and output. This method is only useful when the order in which the objects are accessed is not important. in order to select the best line type. Such a script must be able to access specific objects (the specific line) and specific sets of objects (the set of alternative line types). Example 00. DIgSILENT GmbH www. if (error) { output('Load-flow command returns an error'). G.Execute(). int error.digsilent. This is done by using an assignment: Ldf:iopt_net = 1. The external object list is used to select specific objects for each alias. One of such a result is the loading of a line object. is used in line 01 to perform a load-flow. G.3400 The output command is considered obsolete and has been replaced by the more versatile "printf'' and "sprintf'' functions. For example. prior to the execution of the script.1 Object Variables and Methods If a database object is known to the DPL command.digsilent. 01. it is possible to get a value from a database object. } In line 01. 01. 00. a load-flow is calculated by calling the method "Execute()'' of the load-flow command. In the following example.htm 07/10/2011 . which is stored in the variable "c:loading''. The DPL command set is automatically filled when a selection of elements is right-clicked in either the single line graphic or the data manager and the option Execute DPL Script is selected. where a DPL script is shown on the left which has a load-flow command and a reference to a line in its contents folder on the right.7 Accessing the General Selection file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.de G. which therefore must be a valid DPL variable name. to write a script that replaces a specific line by possibly better alternatives. for instance. exit().5. if we want to change a load-flow command in order to force an asymmetrical load-flow calculation.the entered value=12. and all its variables are available.digsilent. 02. 04. then all its methods may be called. it is already possible to create a small program. as the objects "Ldf'' and "Line''.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 76 of 150 Fig. ! execute load-flow if (error) { exit().digsilent. we may alter the parameter "iopt_net''. The DPL language has several methods with which the database objects and their parameters become available in the DPL script: The most direct method is to create an object.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Ldf:iopt_net = 1. However. Such an object is directly available as "object'' variable in the script. such as the choice between a balanced single phase or an unbalanced three phase load-flow calculation. 03.de G.5 Access to Other Objects With the syntax for the parameter definitions. Many other objects in the database have methods which can be called from a DPL script. Please see the DPL reference for detailed information. The list of external objects is mainly used when a script should be executed for specific objects or selections. double loading. int error. The DPL command des not distinguish between internal objects and internal references to objects. The DPL command set may be used.6 Access to Locally Stored Objects Locally stored objects (also called 'internal objects') can be accessed directly. The DPL contents are also used to include DPL scripts into other scripts and thus to create DPL "subroutines''. 07. 05. the load-flow objects is known as the objects variable "Ldf''. The following example performs the unbalanced load-flow and reports the line loading. or a reference to an object. Internal objects may also be references to objects which are stored elsewhere. An example is shown in Figure G. The details of the load-flow command. 06.4.4: DPL contents The example DPL script may now access these objects directly. It would not be possible. It will not be possible to access an internal object which name is "My Load-flow\~{}1*''. The general syntax for a parameter of a database object is objectname:parametername In the same way.3: The input window The following text will appear in the output window: DIgSI/dpl . Fig. The variable name is the name of the object in the database. error = Ldf. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de G. which is a load-flow command.de G. DIgSILENT GmbH www.

The special general selection object ("SEL'') is used to give all DPL functions and their subroutines access to a central selection of objects. The line with the highest loading is kept in the variable "Omax''. A referring command may overrule all default interface values and all selected external objects of the remote command. Although flexible. an example of an external object is given. however. This set is assigned to the variable "S''. By creating references to those objects in the DPL command itself. 22. for instance if the line with the highest loading is to be found. selections. ! execute a load-flow ! exit on error get all selected lines get first line initialize maximum selection'). The lines are now accessed one by one by using the set methods "First()'' and "Next()'' in line 09. i. the DPL command is called a 'root command' and the script is called a 'local script'. This is done by the following steps: Copy the DPL command to a library folder. 25.Next(). then one or more DPL command objects may be created in its contents. it is recommended practice to reserve the DPL contents for all objects that really 'belong' to the DPL script and which are thus independent on where and how the script is used. Example 00. a loop is created which is performing the search for the highest loading. ! } else { output('No lines found in exit(). the following is important to understand: A DPL command either executes its own script or the script of another. However. In the first case. would make it impossible to alter the DPL command without having to alter all its copies. which may be used with different settings in many different projects and study cases.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. error = Ldf. int error. } output('max loading=max for Omax. an "External Object'' must be added to the external object list in the DPL root command. In order to use the DPL command in other study cases. double max. The solution is in the use of 'remote scripts'. Changing the object is then a matter of selecting another object. 14. etc. This is shown in the following example. The method "AllLines()'' in line 08 will return a set of all lines found in the general selection. This will also copy the contents of the DPL command.First(). the DPL command would become specific to the current calculation case. Good examples are load-flow and short-circuit commands. This DPL command can now be stored in a save place making it possible to use it in other study cases and projects. ! Omax = S.htm 07/10/2011 .8 Accessing External Objects The DPL contents make it possible to access external object in the DPL script. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.digsilent. If a DPL script must access a database object dependent on where and how the DPL script is used. this method would create problems if more than one specific object should be accessed in the script. The newly written DPL command with its subroutines may be tested and used in the currently active study case. In the second case. 13. a DPL "root command'' is made. This. no lines: exit get next line while more lines update maximum update max loaded line S = SEL. as is shown in the example. line'). 16. ! } O = S. A root command may define interface variables that are accessible from outside the script and which are used to define default values.digsilent.e. 11. 06. 24. 04.Execute(). The SEL object is available in all DPL scripts at all times and only one single "General Selection'' object is valid at a time for all DPL scripts. one would have to copy the DPL command and its contents. 09. the DPL command is called a 'referring' command and the script is called a 'remote script'. The data manager offers several ways in which to fill this object DPL Command Set with little effort. 17. 08.Next(). Each of these subroutines will normally also be written as root functions. The easiest way to develop a new DPL command is to create a new ComDpl in the currently active study case and to write the script directly in that DPL object. remote. 16 and 22. 05. set S.5. ! } O = S. i. it cannot be executed when another study case is active. This external object may be referred to in the DPL script by the name "Bar1''. 07. 10.AllLines(). Omax. A more elegant way would be to use the DPL global selection and fill it with all lines. In Figure G. Gathering the objects in the general selection would create the problem of selecting the correct object. ! if (Omax) { max = Omax:c:loading. 03. 02. The use of remote scripts. The selection may then be used to access each line indirectly by a DPL "object'' variable. external objects and interface variables makes it possible to create generic DPL commands.e. ! while (O) { ! if (O:c:loading>max) { max = O:c:loading. object O. In such a way. 01. DIgSILENT GmbH www. The procedure to create and use remote scripts is described as follows. In this way.de G. will change it for all other DPL commands too. 20. Such an external object is a named reference to an external database object.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 77 of 150 Accessing database objects by storing them or a reference to them in the DPL command would create a problem if many objects have to be accessed. The name and database location of this line is written to the output window at the end of the script by calling "ShowFullName()''. Suppose a new DPL command has been created and tested in the currently active study case. 19. 23. commands. If this root command needs DPL subroutines. Each root command may define one or more external objects.ShowFullName(). 21. or the vector and matrix objects that the DPL command uses for its computations.de G. To prevent the creation of calculation-specific DPL commands. G. or even in other projects. DIgSILENT GmbH www. This means that setting the General Selection in the one DPL command dialogue.9 Remote Scripts and DPL Command Libraries To understand the DPL philosophy and the resulting hierarchical structure of DPL scripts. The external object is referred to by that name. 18. It would be impractical to create a reference to each and every line. 12. External object are used to make a DPL command run with specific power system objects.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. !output results The object SEL used in line 08 is the reserved object variable which equals the General Selection in the DPL command dialogue.5: DPL external object table Example: sagdepth = Bar1:u. with all it's DPL subroutines and other locally stored objects. if (error) exit(). DPL command. ! Omax = O. Each DPL command can be called as a subroutine by other DPL commands. Fig. the DPL Command Set. 15.

Activate another study case.1 Subroutines and Calling Conventions A DPL command object may be included in the contents of another DPL command. They can always be called. for example: ! set the parameters: Sub1:step = 5. etc.6: Interface section of subroutine The calling command may then use. for example. In principle. The difference is that each DPL subroutine has different interface parameters.digsilent. more than one DPL command may now refer to the same remote script. Four types of methods are distinguished: Internal methods These are the build-in methods of the DPL command. the DPL command only has one method: int Execute() . MySelection). A function which can be called by a DPL command is called a "method''. using calling arguments. For the execution itself.digsilent. and all other objects. make sure that if any of the DPL (sub)commands refers to a remote script. The strength of the DPL language is the possibility to call functions and to create subroutines. DIgSILENT GmbH www. which may be changed by the calling command. Set methods These methods are available for the DPL 'set' variables. this is not different from calling. or any of its local objects or sub-commands. all those remote scripts are also stored in the library folder.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de Appendix H DPL Reference General Functions Input / Output Functions and Methods String Functions Project Functions and Methods Study Case Functions and Methods General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods Analysis Command Functions and Methods Specialized Methods for Elements and Types Methods for Virtual Instruments Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) DDE Functions DIgSILENT GmbH www.0. will now change the execution of all DPL commands that refer to it. Suppose we have a DPL sub-command "Sub1'' with the interface section as depicted in Figure G. G. Optionally change the default values of the interface variables Press the Check button to check the DPL script The Check or Execute button will copy all parts of the remote script in the library that are needed for execution. Some classes objects are copied as reference.0.de G. This includes all subroutines. MyLine. Create a new DPL command object (ComDPL) in the active study case. These calling arguments are assigned to the interface parameters in order of appearance. However. Changing the remote script. External methods These are the methods which are available for certain external PowerFactory objects.de G. Select the required external objects. the included DPL "subroutine'' may be called in the script of the enclosing DPL command. Fig.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.Execute(5. we may also write: ! execute the subroutine: error = Sub1. etc. The following example illustrates this. which will also refer to remote scripts. such as the load-flow command.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Please see the DPL Reference for a description of these functions including implementation examples. DIgSILENT GmbH www. by providing one or more calling arguments. To avoid deleting a part of the DPL command. do-while loops.htm 07/10/2011 .9.. all command objects. As with most other command objects. The new DPL command does not contain a script. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. other classes are copied completely. Object methods These methods are available for the DPL 'object' variables. Set all interface variable values to their default values. a load-flow command from a DPL script. the line object. ! execute the subroutine: error = Sub1. the asynchronous machine.digsilent. Set the "DPL script'' reference to the copied DPL command. but executes the remote script. In that case.digsilent. Sub1:Line = MyLine.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 78 of 150 "Generalize'' the copied DPL command by resetting all project specific external objects.10 DPL Functions and Subroutines The DPL syntax is very small because it mainly serves the purpose of basic operations like simple calculations.Execute().6. executes the DPL script. if-then-else selections. However. Sub1:Outages = MySelection. this does not make a change. These interface parameters can also be set directly at calling time.

Arguments: none Return value: 0 = English. !terminate script here } sum += in. Return value: The exit() command has no return value.. } GetTime int GetTime (int iN) Returns current processor time. } GetGlobalLib object GetGlobalLib ([string ClassName]) Returns the global library for object-types of class "ClassName''. object Lib.GetContents(). O = S. so calc sum and stop printf('Sum: %d'. err = Ldf. O = S.double x2]]) Returns a pseudo random value. x1] and with both x1 and x2. set S.. GetGlobalLib Returns a global library folder. } Also see "GetLocalLib'' . Arguments: double x1 (optional) : upper/lower limit double x2 (optional) : upper limit Return value: A pseudo-random number Example: The following example sets a load to a random active power prior to calculating a load-flow. a value in the range of [0 . sum). ClassName may be omitted.Execute(). Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. } else { output('Fehler im Lastfluss Kommando'). exit(). the possible range is [0 . if (err) { if (lng) { output('Load-flow command returned an error'). If x1 and x2 are omitted. SetRandSeed Initializes the random number generator. 1 = German Example: The following example displays a different message. Load:plini = Random(1.htm 07/10/2011 ..3).. !sums up all entered numbers while(1){ input(in.First(). fRand Returns stochastic numbers according to a probability distribution. If only x1 is given. in which case the complete global library folder is returned. GetTime Returns current processor time. Random double Random ([double x1 [. double P. while (O) { O. Arguments: int iN (obligatory) : precision after decimal point Return value: Current processor time in seconds GetLanguage int GetLanguage () Returns the current program language setting.. 'Enter a number please (<0 to stop)'). 2. 1] is returned.1 General Functions exit Terminates a DPL script immediately. if (in < 0){ !negative number entered. One out of 10 predefined initialization seeds can be selected. Lib = GetGlobalLib('TypLne'). In this case.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 79 of 150 support@digsilent. [x1 . GetLanguage Returns the current language. O.2. int sum. exit exit () The exit() command terminates a DPL script immediately. Arguments: string ClassName (optional) : The classname of the objects for which the library folder is sought Return value: The library folder Example: The following example shows the contents of the global library for line types. Ldf. int err. If called within a subscript.. x2]. Arguments: The exit() command has no arguments. } exit(). execution will continue in the calling parent script.de H. S = lib. lng. only the subscript itself will be terminated.Execute().ShowFullName(). depending on the language. SetRandSeed void SetRandSeed (int N) Initializes the random number generator. Example: int in. Random Returns a random number. lng = GetLanguage().Next().

616229 21.024787 35. SetRandSeed(2).de H. weib = fRand(2.501229 28.364702 32. printf void printf (String Format.233148 16. uni2. uni1.2 Input / Output Functions and Methods Writing into the Output Window Additional Functions related to input/output Writing to Files SetDesktop Methods See also: String Functions DIgSILENT GmbH www.127992 11.2.020344 47.norm.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.50] uni2 : an uniform distribution in [-8. printf Outputs a formatted string.1: 0: 1: 2: else: uniform distribution normal distribution weibull distribution returns 0..122955 0. ClearOutput void ClearOutput () Clears the output window. norm.149573 13. uni2 = fRand(0. Arguments: none Return value: void (no return value) Example: The following command clears the output window.380458 26.911052 -6.858903 30.588662 0. ClearOutput().877555 0.) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.598748 0.404837 14.weib.782988 23.digsilent..819403 20. Info Outputs a formatted information.371372 15.403110 25. norm = fRand(1. . uni1 = fRand(0.883499 34. 50).1] uni1 : an uniform distribution in [0.554570 0.uni2. Error Outputs a formatted error.. double uni0.645523 DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de H.} Results Output: 0. 5).313008 17. n+=1) { uni0 = fRand(0).2: uniform p1 p2 min max normal mean stdvar weibull shape scale Return value: void Example: The following example prints random numbers for the following distributions: uni0 : an uniform distribution in [0.htm 07/10/2011 .de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.314934 20.908476 35.437912 20.725714 17.190684 -6. 30. for (n=0.265549 44.706127 6.846884 24. norm : a normal distribution with mean=30 and standard variance=5 weib : a Weibull distribution with lambda=5 and beta=30 int n. 5.716297 37. n<10. Warn Outputs a formatted warning.1 Writing into the Output Window ClearOutput Clears the output window. Write Writes a report.232422 0.609307 20.225048 31.625329 0.uni1.474393 0.0 double p1 (obligatory) : double p1 (obligatory) : Table H.099016 28.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 80 of 150 int N (obligatory) : seed 0..920789 0.10 Example: See fRand() fRand double fRand (int mode | double p1 | double p2) Returns a stochastic number according to a specific probability distribution. 21].749566 28.187893 -6.165993 11. SetLineFeed Sets the automatic line feed for "printf()''. String T | double X | int I.297444 22. -8. 30).901226 0.658290 32. printf('%f %f %f %f %f'.. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Table H.294429 15. 21).831869 28. uni0.535867 27.955694 29. weib).

Write int Write (string Format. The 'printf' will automatically insert a line-break after printing by default. The second line writes the name and loading of two lines. [object aObj | set aSet]. The first line only contains normal text.String T | double X | int I. This means that the next 'printf' will start on the next line. Also see "sprintf'' .DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 81 of 150 Outputs a formatted string. using the DIgSILENT output language.. Also see "sprintf'' . Also see "Warn'' . for instance. using the same formatting language as is used for defining reports and result-boxes. 1 on error The "Write'' command is used to quickly output a line of formatted output. Also see "Info'' . Error('Index could not be calculated. Also see "sprintf'' . ACC(2):loc_name. Also see "fprintf'' . Also see "Error'' . The output format is defined by the format string.htm 07/10/2011 . LineB). The "ACC(x)'' macro returns the object with the index "x'' in that list..[ACC(1):c:loading. and "ACC(2)'' to "LineB'' Write('The following results are found'). Error string Error (String Format. .ACC(2):c:loading. Also see "Info'' . the DIgSILENT output language has the special macro "ACC(x)'' to distinguish between these objects. An error message will be produced when. Also see "printf'' . The printf() command uses the C++ printf() formatting syntax. Arguments: String Format (obligatory): The format string String T (optional): string argument file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. then "DEF:ResX'' will access that variable. Also see "printf'' . See the format string syntax for more information. If the DPL script has "ResX'' as an interface double. ACC(1):loc_name. The passed arguments and the passed format string must match. . Because data or parameters of more than object is often written out. Also see "Info'' .3 for more information. "ACC(1)'' refers to the object "LineA'.## # . Also see "fprintf'' . a format string for two strings is used together with three doubles.2. Arguments: String Format (obligatory): The format string String T (optional): string argument double X (optional): double argument int I (optional): int argument Return value: The formatted string Example: The following example writes an error to the output window. The ACC ("acc''="access'') macro can be used more than once for the same object. The output format is defined by the format string. Also see "Warn'' . Also see "Write'' . a format string for two strings is used together with three doubles.) Writes a formatted string as error message to the output window. The passed arguments and the passed format string must match.) Writes a formatted string as warning to the output window. Also see "Warn'' .## # $N... An error message will be produced when. See Section 20. Prior to execution. but a pop-up error message box will appear at the end of execution. Warn string Warn(String Format. The automatic line-break can be disabled by using the "SetLineFeed''-function. all given objects and all objects in the given sets are listed together in a single list..[ACC(2):c:loading'. # : #.. See "SetLineFeed'' for more information. Write('# : #. for instance. Interface variables of the DPL script can also be used in the format string by the "DEF'' macro. Example: In the following example.'). Arguments: String Format (obligatory): The format string String T (optional): string argument double X (optional): double argument int I (optional): int argument Return value: void Example: See the format string syntax for examples and more information. In this example.) Writes out a line of formatted text. LineA. Also see "Error'' . String T | double X | int I. Also see "fprintf'' . two lines of output are written out. . Also see "Write'' .ACC(1):c:loading. The DPL execution will continue. Arguments: string Format (obligatory): The format string object aObj (optional): An object which is used to get data from set aSet (optional): A set which is used to get objects from Return value: 0 on success.

'). Arguments: String Format (obligatory) : The format string String T (optional) : string argument double X (optional) : double argument int I (optional) : int argument Return value: The formatted string Example: The following example writes an info message to the output window. The passed arguments and the passed format string must match. The special character '\n' is used to force a line feed. for (j=1. An error message will be produced when.digsilent. Also see "printf'' . Also see "NoFinalUpdate()'' . . Also see "Info'' . } printf('\n').. Also see "Error'' . Also see "Error'' . j+=1) { printf('\t%2d'. int i. DIgSILENT GmbH www. The output format is defined by the format string.de H. Info string Info (String Format.2 Additional Functions related to input/output EchoOn Re-activates the user interface EchoOff Freezes (de-activates) the user-interface. EchoOn().. Also see "EchoOff()'' . Also see "sprintf'' . See the format string syntax for more information. j<5. for instance. do some calculation . use '1' to enable it again. Also see "fprintf'' . i+j).. EchoOn void EchoOn () Re-activates the user interface. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example de-activates the user-interface to speed up the calculations. EchoOff file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.j. after which the user-interface is re-activated again. Also see "Write'' . SetLineFeed(0).htm 07/10/2011 .) Writes a formatted string as information message to the output window. . String T | double X | int I. SetLineFeed void SetLineFeed (int i) Sets or resets the automatic line feed for printf(). ! insert a line-feed } Also see "printf'' .. i). a format string for two strings is used together with three doubles. i+=1) { printf('%2d'. The passed arguments and the passed format string must match. Also see "Warn'' . GetPageLen Returns the number of lines per page. for instance. ! disable line-feed for (i=0. Return value: void Example: The following example disables the automatic line feed prior to printing a matrix of numbers.. Also see "fprintf'' . Also see "Write'' . Arguments: int i (obligatory) : use '0' to disable the automatic line feed.2.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The output format is defined by the format string.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 82 of 150 double X (optional): double argument int I (optional): int argument Return value: The formatted string Example: The following example writes a warning message to the output window.. Also see "sprintf'' . An error message will be produced when..'). a format string for two strings is used together with three doubles. Warn('No loads attached: using approximation. EchoOff(). Also see "printf'' . i<3. See the format string syntax for more information. NoFinalUpdate Prevents "EchoOn()'' at end of execution. Info('Trying to calculate first index.

0). An error message will be produced when. . Also see "sprintf'' .. 1: portrait . NoFinalUpdate(). . i = 2468. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example de-activates the user-interface to speed up the calculations. Arguments: int orientation (optional) : Paper orientation: 0: landscape.htm 07/10/2011 .. fscanf int fscanf (int iFH. Also see "Error'' . s.... See "printf'' for more information. string s. x = 123456789.2. string Format.'string:%s int=%d double=%f'. .'r'.x).) Returns the number of fields successfully converted and assigned..987654321. NoFinalUpdate void NoFinalUpdate () Prevents the automatic "EchoOn()'' at end of execution. Also see "NoFinalUpdate()'' .1. do some calculation . double x.. Also see "Info'' . The output format is defined by the format string. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: EchoOff().. An EchoOn() is automatically executed at the end of a DPL execution. . GetPageLen int GetPageLen (int orientation) Returns the number of lines per page according to the currently selected printer and paper size. a format string for two strings is used together with three doubles. fopen Opens a file from a path. fscanf Assigns fields in file and returns number of fields. string T | double X | int I. int i..) Writes a formatted string to a file. EchoOn().. For each EchoOff(). fprintf void fprintf (int iFH. fscanfsep Assigns fields in file and returns number of fields.i. the return value does not include fields that were read but not assigned. The following example outputs a defined string to a file. Also see "printf'' . fopen('d:\tmp\test. string T | double X | int I.3 Writing to Files fprintf Outputs a formatted string to a file. default: landscape Return value: The maximum number of lines that can be printed on a single sheet of paper.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The passed arguments and the passed format string must match. fclose(0).txt'.. fclose Closes an open file. The fprintf() command uses the C++ printf() formatting syntax. EchoOff(). s = 'hello dpl'. Considers separation character and stops after max. except for when "NoFinalUpdate()'' has been called. Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.. See the format string syntax for more information. after which the user-interface is re-activated again. Also see "Write'' . Also see "EchoOff()'' .. do some calculation . fprintf(0. an EchoOn() should be called. Arguments: int iFH (obligatory): Number of file handler (0. Also see "EchoOn()'' . Also see "Warn'' .. The return value is -1 for an error or if the end of the string is reached before the first conversion. DIgSILENT GmbH www. string Format. Also see "EchoOn()'' . for instance.digsilent.9) string Format (obligatory): Defines a format of variable types (int/string/double) to which the fields are assigned string T (optional): Return of the result string double X (optional): Return of the result double int I (optional): Return of the result integer Return value: A return value of 0 indicates that no fields were assigned.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 83 of 150 void EchoOff () Freezes (de-activates) the user-interface.de H. number of positions given. Example: See the format string syntax for examples and more information. fWrite The command "fWrite'' is obsolete and has been replaced by the "printf'' command.

sRes.4 SetDesktop Methods SetDesktop. Example: The following example assignes the first to fields of the text file 'test.0).rVal...DoAutoScaleX SetDesktop.sRes.0).1.sRes).a.. Output of the script above: Name 12.GetPage SetDesktop. File could be created depending on the Mode string Mode (obligatory): The attribute for opening the file (r..Show SetDesktop.w+. Arguments: int iFH (obligatory) : Number of file handler (0.1.'%s'. iRet = fscanf(0.SetXVar SetDesktop. value is returned Return value: 0 on success. printf('%s %.txt'.. string sSep. Example: int iRet. instead of the standard separators like blanks and tabs.. fclose(0).9) int iRet (optional): If it is set to 0 or no value is given.digsilent. Arguments: int iFH (obligatory) : Number of file handler (0.9) string Format (obligatory) : Defines a format of variable types (int/string/double) to which the fields are assigned string T (optional) : Return of the result string double X (optional) : Return of the result double int I (optional) : Return of the result integer Return value: A return value of 0 indicates that no fields were assigned.sRes...r+.1f iRet = %d'. fclose(0). printf('%s %.'r'.9) string Ft (obligatory) : Defines a format of variable types (int/string/double) to which the fields are assigned string T (optional) : Return of the result string double X (optional) : Return of the result double int I (optional) : Return of the result integer string sSep : separator character int iLine (obligatory) : 1 if the interpretation of the line will be stopped after the current line. fopen('c:\test1.sRes.rVal).9) Return value: void Example: The following example opens a file and closes it again.'r'..0). fopen int fopen (string Path.3 iRet = 0 fscanfsep int fscanfsep(int iFH.iRet). Returns the number of fields successfully converted and assigned. if (iRet = -1){ break.'r'.WriteWMF SetDesktop.txt'.. printf('%s %.'.de H.htm 07/10/2011 . SetLineFeed(0). int iFH.0). fclose(0).. fopen('d:\tmp\test.1.1f iRet = %d'.rVal).iRet).b.SetResults SetDesktop. while (iRet > -1){ iRet = fscanfsep(0.txt'.sRes.333') to the string sRes and the double rVal fopen('d:\tmp\test. Arguments: string Path (obligatory): Path of file to open.1f iRet = %d'.. iRet = fscanf(0.a+.rVal.SetScaleX SetDesktop. fclose void fclose (int iFH) Closes file with the ID iFH of the file handler (between 0 and 9).'%s %d'.rVal. The return value is -1 for an error or if the end of the string is reached before the first conversion. This function additionally considers a special character to separate the values. Return value: A return value of 0 indicates that no fields were assigned.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.'.txt' (contents: 'Name 12.'%s %d'.. 1 on error Example: The following example opens a file and closes it again. If different that 0. 0 for continued interpretation. string T | double X | int I. . the function does not return any value. DIgSILENT GmbH www.. the return value does not include fields that were read but not assigned. } printf('%s\n'.txt'.. string sRes. It also can be instructed to stop after the line read.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 84 of 150 int iFH (obligatory) : Number of file handler (0.w. fopen('d:\tmp\test.. int iRet) Opens file with attribute Mode and assigns an ID iFH of the file handler to the open file.iRet). } fclose(0).'%s %d'..rVal).t) int iFH (obligatory): Number of file handler (0.SetAutoScaleX SetDesktop.1). The return value is -1 for an error or if the end of the string is reached before the first conversion. string Mode. iRet = fscanf(0..sRes..2.'r'.SetAdaptX file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Path must exist.sRes. string Ft. int iLine) Functionality like fscanf.1.

int create) Searches. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().WriteWMF void SetDesktop. Arguments: string name (obligatory) : Name of graphics page. FileName = sprintf('c:\\mydoc\\%s%d'.First().GetPage (string name.GetContents().Show int SetDesktop. } Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop.GetPage('Power'. The first example sets an user defined x-axis variable. Arguments: string name (obligatory) : Name of the page.1). object aGrf.SetXVar (object obj. aPageP=aGrf.Next(). object aPageC. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aGrf) { ! Set user defined x-axis variable file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.SetResults(Results).htm 07/10/2011 . Arguments: object res (obligatory) : Results to set (ElmRes) or NULL to reset. ! Look for opened graphics board.SetResults (object res) Sets default Results (ElmRes) of Graphics Board. then a new ViPage will be created added to the graphics board when no page with the name was found.GetPage object SetDesktop. while (Pg) { GrBrd. activates and returns a graphics page in the currently open Graphics Board. Pg = Pgs. Return value: Virtual Instrument Panel (SetVipage) Example: The following example looks for the Virtual Instrument Panels named Voltage. The object "O'' is typically a ViPage object but. Return value: 0 on success. if (aGrf) { ! Search or create Virtual Instrument Panels aPageV=aGrf. Current and Power in the Graphics Board currently opened. object aGrf.1). if (aGrf) { ! Set default results object aGrf. The second one sets the default x-axis (time).SetXVar void SetDesktop. aPageC=aGrf. Pg:loc_name). GrBrd. } Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop.Show ([string name|object O]) Shows the page with the same name as 'O'' or the page with name "name'' in the Graphics Board.Show(Pg). object aPageP. object O (optional) : An object.WriteWMF (string filename) Exports the currently open graphic in the graphics board to a WMF figure. ! Look for opened graphics board.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 85 of 150 SetDesktop. object aPageV. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). Pg = Pgs. 1 on error. } } Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop. object GrBrd.Pg. The pages are created if they do not exist. as only its name is used. Arguments: object obj (optional) : x-axis object string varname (optional) : variable of obj Return value: none Example: The following examples look for an opened Graphics Board and set its x-axis variable. int create=1 (optional) : create > 0 --> create panel if not exists.Show() Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop.GetPage('Current'. Example: The following example activates all pages in the graphics board one by one and exports them as WMF figures.SetResults void SetDesktop. object aGrf. GrBrd = GetGraphBoard().WriteWMF(FileName). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). If "create'' is true. int n. set Pgs. it may be any other type of object. Arguments: string name (obligatory) : Filename without extension. n. string FileName.1). if (GrBrd) { Pgs = GrBrd. Return value: none Example: See SetDeskTop. string varname) Sets x-axis variable. Return value: none Example: The following example looks for an opened Graphics Board and sets its default results to the results object named 'Results'.GetPage('Voltage'. If obj and varname are empty the default x-axis variable (time) is set.

SetAdaptX(0. ! Look for opened graphics board.SetAutoScaleX (int mode) Sets the automatic scaling mode of the x-scale. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aGrf) { ! Set minimum and maximum aGrf.1). There are three different examples. ! Look for opened graphics board.SetAutoScaleX void SetDesktop. scale ! Scale x-axis automatically object aGrf. Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a page named voltage and performs an automatic scaling of the x-axes. 1. limits for log. if (aGrf) { aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). ! Look for opened graphics board. 1 after simulation.DoAutoScaleX () Scales the x-axes of all plots in the graphics board which use the x-axis scale defined in the graphics board. Changes to a log. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 never. change to log. if (aGrf) { ! Turn on adapt scale.SetXVar(). if (aGrf) { ! Scale automatically aGrf.3). unused if mode is off or empty. Arguments: double min (optional) : Minimum of x-scale.htm 07/10/2011 . } Also see VisFft Methods VisPlot Methods SetViPage Methods SetDesktop. ! Look for opened graphics board. } Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop. use a trigger value of 3 aGrf. int log (optional) : > 0 --> x-scale is logarithmic. int log) Sets scale of x-axis. 2 during simulation Return value: none Example: The following example looks for an opened Graphics Board and sets its auto scale mode to off.SetScaleX (double min. ! perform autoscale of x-scales of all plots ! using the x-scale definition of the graphics board. Return value: none Example: The following examples look for an opened Graphics Board and set its x-axis scale. Example: Set minimum to 1 and maximum to 1000. ! Look for opened graphics board.'m:U1:bus1'). aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1000. } Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop. The same can be achieved by pressing the Scale button on the x-Axis page of the graphics board.SetAdaptX(1.SetXVar(line.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 86 of 150 aGrf. Return value: none Example: The following example looks for an opened Graphics Board and sets its adapt scale option. Example: Set minimum to 0 and maximum to 20. object aGrf.SetScaleX void SetDesktop. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 off. 1 on double trigger (optional) : Trigger value. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). } object aGrf. } ! Set minimum and maximum.SetScaleX(2. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). 3. double max.SetAutoScaleX(0). ! Set autoscale mode to offobject aGrf.DoAutoScaleX int SetDesktop.SetScaleX().SetAdaptX (int mode.10). object aGrf. if (aGrf) { ! Set minimum and maximum aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().DoAutoScaleX().3). scaleobject aGrf.SetAdaptX void SetDesktop. ! Turn off adapt scale aGrf. if (aGrf) { ! Set default x-axis variable (time) aGrf. } ! Set minimum and maximum without changing map mode object aGrf. Example: Scale x-axis automatically 2. double trigger) Sets the adapt scale option of the x-scale. double max (optional) : Maximum of x-scale.SetScaleX(1. scale are not set. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). } Also see Set Functions and Methods SetDesktop. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). No arguments --> automatic scaling. Invalid arguments like neg. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aGrf) { ! Turn off automatic scaling of x-scale aGrf.

printf('%s|%-20s|%20s|'. #"\ce'' switches to blue Table H. The placeholder format is [flags] [width] [. s = 'hello dpl'. except that "E'' in stead of "e''. Printed format is "[ .SetAdaptX(1). The format string must contain a valid place holder for every given argument.f or c "%%'' writes a percent sign "\cx'' inserts a color change. 's' For a string.3 String Functions The syntax for formating strings is described in: Format String Syntax Methods related to string formating and operations: sprintf Returns a formatted string.s).x)..x. printf('result written to c:\\documents\\pf\\res. "Warn'' and "Info'' all use the same format string syntax. printf('%f|%15. tabs.digsilent. s = sprintf('%s %s'. Format String Syntax The string printing commands "printf'' . } Also see Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. i. string s. The optional "flag'' can be one of the following specifiers: '-' Left align the result within the given field width. double x. according to the following table.34). ! print and assign in one action: s = printf('%s %s "%s"'. and the decimal point appears only if one or more digits follow it. Arguments: String Format (obligatory): The format string String T (optional): string argument double X (optional): double argument int I (optional): int argument Return value: The formatted string Example: See the format string syntax for examples and more information. strcpy Copies a substring from a string. sprintf string sprintf (String Format. the printed string may also contain "escape''-sequences for line feeds. strstr Searches for a substring in a string. x = 123456789.precision'' specifies the number of decimals printed. and "[sign]'' is "+'' or "-''.htm 07/10/2011 .e. The following escape-sequences can be used: "\n'' inserts a line feed "\t'' inserts a horizontal tab "\f'' inserts a form feed. Trailing zeros are truncated. 'f' For a double value. ! string concat is possible: s = 'this'. 'is called'.de H.t. 'E' Identical to the e format except that "E'' in stead of "e'' is used. Example: The following examples shows various placeholder definitions. strlen Returns the length of a string. for printing purposes "\\'' writes a backslash.2e|%+f|'.. strcmp Compares two strings. 'G' Identical to the "g'' format.x.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. printf('%% = %%%6.) Returns a formatted string. String T | double X | int I.987654321.i. is used (where appropriate). i = 2468. int i.s). "sprintf'' . whichever is more compact for the given value and precision.s. "'dddd'' is one or more decimal digits.precision] type Where "type'' is one of the following specifiers: 'd' or 'i' For an integer value. sscanf Assigns fields in string and returns number of fields.txt'). strtok Finds a token in a string. do not change the trigger value aGrf. x. form feeds and color. "Error'' .]d. 'DPL script'). ! print again: In addition to placeholders. where "dddd'' is one or more decimal digits. The number of digits before the decimal point depends on the magnitude of the number. "ddd'' is exactly three decimal digits. even when the next character is a n. printf('%s (again)'. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. '+' Prefix the output value with a sign (+ or -) The optional "width'' specifies the number of characters to be printed and the optional ". 123. The e format is used only when the exponent of the value is less than -4 or greater than or equal to the precision argument. Printed format is the "f'' or "e'' format. this:loc_name).]dddd. s.3: a b c d e f g h black black red green blue brown cyan magenta i j k l m n o p gray light gray bordeaux dark red dark green light green marine dark blue Example: printf('The \cfbrown\ca fox jumped\nover\tthe\nlazy\tcat').dddd''.s. 'e' For a double value. where "x'' is a color. strftime Creates a formatted time string. 'g' For a double value. and the number of digits after the decimal point depends on the requested precision. i. s.i). The sprintf() command uses the C++ printf() formatting syntax.3f|%E|%.2f%% %%'.x. . The printed format is "[ .DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 87 of 150 ! Turn on adapt scale again. printf('%d|%6d|%-6d|'. strchg Substitutes a sub-string in a string. "fprintf'' as well as "Write'' .dddd e [sign]ddd'' where d is a single decimal digit.

! gives as result: i = -1 i = strcmp('a'. string sFind (obligatory): sub-string to be found. S2. for up to count characters > 0 when S1 > S2. sStr = 'This is just a test'. int i. Arguments: string sStr (obligatory): string to be scanned and modified. i = strstr(S1. sFind = 'just a'. for up to count characters Please notice that the comparison is case sensitive.'A').DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 88 of 150 The following example redirects the output to a file.Execute(). ! gives as result: i = 1 i = strcmp('A'. string sNew) Searches in the string sStr for the sub-string sFind and substitutes it by the sub-string sNew. An error message will be produced when. See the format string syntax for more information. ! write a report StopRedirect. Also see "printf'' . int count) Copies a substring from a string. Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. 'brown'). } else{ printf('%s'. See "sprintf'' for more information. S1 = 'The brown fox'. therefore: i = strcmp('a'. Redirect. ! i now equals 4 strcpy String strcpy (string S.'a').sFind. 5). Arguments: string S1 (obligatory) : The first string string S1 (obligatory) : The second string int count (optional) : Number of characters to compare Return value: < 0 when S1 < S2. Also see "Warn'' . string sNew (obligatory): sub-string to be inserted instead of sFind. 4. sNew = 'a very important'.out'. ! gives as result: i = 0 strchg int strchg(string sStr. int start.1 there is an easier way of writing an string to a file by using "fprintf'' . The output format is defined by the format string. Form. a format string for two strings is used together with three doubles. } strlen int strlen (string S) Returns the length of a string. if (iRet = -1){ printf('String could not be found!'). 'c:\\MyDocuments\\results0813\\'. string sFind. Also see "Info'' . Arguments: string S (obligatory) : The string int start (obligatory) : The start position in S int count (optional) : Number of characters to copy Return value: The copied substring Example: string S1. Also see "fprintf'' . sNew. string S2. "Redirect'' is an ComOp and "StopRedirect'' is an ComCl object in the DPL command Redirect:f = sprintf('%s%s. string sStr. for instance. ! S2 now equals 'brown' strcmp int strcmp (string S1. for up to count characters = 0 S1 = S2. -1 if substring was not found. strstr int strstr (string S1. Arguments: string S1 (obligatory) : The string string S2 (obligatory) : The substring Return value: The first position in S1 where S2 was found. sFind.Execute(). Example: The following example searches for string 'brown' in string S1 string S1. iRet = strchg(sStr. The filename is formatted from a path and the name of the current calculation case. S2. The passed arguments and the passed format string must match. index begins with 0).WriteOut(Lines). Also see "Error'' . S1 = 'The brown fox'. or -1 when S2 was not found. string S2) Searches for a substring in a string and returns the position of the first letter of substring S2 in string S1. Also see "Write'' .htm 07/10/2011 . int count) Compares two strings.sStr). O:loc_name). ! stop redirection Since version 13. Example: int iRet.'a').sNew). S2 = strcpy(S1. ToStr The command "ToStr'' is obsolete and has been replaced by the "sprintf'' command. Return value: The first position in sStr where sFind was found (index of the first letter.

iPos). Sunday is 0) Week of year as decimal number. printf('Token: %s iPos = %d'.sDel.').. int Pos... Output: Today is Wednesday. Sunday as first day of week (00.'%s %d'.sRes.4: %a %A %b %B %c %d %H %I %j %m %M %p %S %U %w %W %x %X %y %Y %z. Example: The following example assignes the first two fields of string sStr to the string sRes and the double rVal iPos = 0. sRes = strtok(sStr.31) Hour in 24-hour format (00.. %Z %% Abbreviated weekday name Full weekday name Abbreviated month name Full month name Date and time representation appropriate for locale Day of month as decimal number (01.. Arguments: String Format (obligatory) : The format string The following formatting codes are recognized in the format string.iPos. Output of the script above: Token: Das Token: ist nur Token: 555 iPos = 0 iPos = 4 iPos = 32 strftime string strftime (String Format) Creates a formatted time string. weiter nichts'. sRes = strtok(sStr. sStr. . sDel = '.59) Week of year as decimal number. string Format.sDel. day 30 of April in the year 2003./P..iRet).12) Day of year as decimal number (001.99) Year with century. sStr = 'Test 23'. indicator for 12-hour clock Second as decimal number (00.htm 07/10/2011 . string Delimiter. Output of the script above: Test 23 iRet = 0 DIgSILENT GmbH www. Arguments: string Source (obligatory) : The string string Format (obligatory) : Defines a format of variable types (int/string/double) to which the fields are assigned string T (optional) : Return of the result string double X (optional) : Return of the result double int I (optional) : Return of the result integer Return value: A return value of 0 indicates that no fields were assigned. as decimal number Time-zone name or abbreviation.sRes.sRes. ist nur.2).sDel. printf('Token: %s iPos = %d'.12) Minute as decimal number (00.iPos). Table H..iPos).23) Hour in 12-hour format (01. str).) Returns the number of fields successfully converted and assigned. sscanf int sscanf (string Source.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 89 of 150 string S (obligatory) : The string strtok string strtok (string Source. (555).. str = strftime('Today is %A.iPos.iPos). printf('Token: %s iPos = %d'.()'.6. Monday as first day of week (00..iPos. string T | double X | int I. If nothing is read. as decimal number (00. no characters if zone is unknown Percent sign Return value: The formatted time string Example: The following example shows the date. printf('%s %d iRet = %d'. sStr = 'Das.4).. The return value is -1 for an error or if the end of the string is reached before the first conversion..59) Current locale's A. int iPos. the return value does not include fields that were read but not assigned. the token is empty and Pos = -1 Example: The following example searches for different tokens in sStr string sRes. day %d of %B in the year %Y. sRes = strtok(sStr.366) Month as decimal number (01.M. Arguments: string Source (obligatory) : String containing token(s) string Delimiter (obligatory) : Set of delimiter characters int Pos (obligatory) : Returns the position of token in Source (beginning with 0) int Num (optional) : Number of the token to be read (default = 1) Return value: Token read. int Num) Splits the string Source into tokens separated by the characters defined in the Delimiter. sDel.digsilent.53) Date representation for current locale Time representation for current locale Year without century.M. iRet = sscanf(sStr...iPos).sRes.sRes.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB..53) Weekday as decimal number (0. The function returns the token between separator (Num-1) and (Num) as a string and the position of the token in the Source. ein Test mit Nr. printf('%s'.

IntPrj. GetLocalLib Returns a local library folder. Deactivates other projects first. Arguments: none Return value: A "IntPrj'' object Example: The following example prints the name of the active project to the output window. Activate Activates the study case Deactivate De-activates the study case SummaryGrid Returns the summary grid. ClassName may be omitted. in which case the complete local library folder is returned.de H.Deactivate int IntPrj.Activate () Activates the project. Arguments: string ClassName (optional) : The classname of the objects for which the library folder is sought Return value: The library folder Example: The following example shows the contents of the local library for line types. O = S. O = S.de H.5 Study Case Functions and Methods General Functions and Methods related to Study Cases SetTime Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. Prj. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntPrj.ShowFullName(). object Lib. } Also see "GetGlobalLib'' .GetContents(). set S. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Activate int IntPrj. Activate Activates the project Deactivate De-activates the project ActiveProject Object ActiveProject () Returns the currently active project. object Prj.htm 07/10/2011 . 1 on error.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 90 of 150 Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. while (O) { O. S = Lib.digsilent. GetGraphBoard Returns the currently active Graphics Board.digsilent. See also: AllRelevant Returns all calculation relevant objects.4 Project Functions and Methods ActiveProject Returns the active project.5.1 General Functions and Methods related to Study Cases ActiveCase Returns the active calculation case.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 1 on error.de H. O.ShowFullName().Deactivate () De-activates the project. GetLocalLib object GetLocalLib ([string ClassName]) Returns the local library for object-types of class "ClassName''. Lib = GetLocalLib('TypLne'). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. Prj = ActiveProject().Next(). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.First().

if (aGrf) { ! Set default results object aGrf. or a 'NULL' object when no grids are active Example: The following example performs a load-flow and returns the total grid active power losses.Deactivate () De-activates the study case. Arguments: none Return value: A ElmNet object. The summary grid is the combination of all active grids in the study case.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.SetTime void SetTime.GetPage SetDeskTop.ShowFullName().SetAdaptX DIgSILENT GmbH www. output('Active Power Losses=SumGrid:c:LossP'). } Also see SetDeskTop. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. Arguments: none Return value A "IntCase'' object Example: The following example writes the name of the active study case to the output window.Deactivate int IntCase.SetResults SetDeskTop.Execute().double M. IntCase.de H.digsilent. object SumGrid.double S) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.2 SetTime Methods SetTime Sets the time Date Sets the date at actual Time Sets the time at actual SetTime. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntCase. if (SumGrid) { Ldf.! Look for opened graphics board.Activate int IntCase. object aCase.SetResults(Results).SetXVar SetDeskTop.SetTime (double H.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 91 of 150 ActiveCase Object ActiveCase () Returns the currently active Study Case. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods SummaryGrid Object SummaryGrid () Returns the summary grid in the currently active Study Case.Activate () Activates the study case. 1 on error. aCase = ActiveCase().htm 07/10/2011 .SetScaleX SetDeskTop. aCase. Deactivates other study cases first. 1 on error. Arguments: none Return value: The graphics board object Example: The following example looks for an opened Graphics Board and sets its default results to the results object named 'Results'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). } GetGraphBoard SetDeskTop GetGraphBoard () Returns the currently active Graphics Board. SumGrid = SummaryGrid(). object aGrf.5.SetAutoScaleX SetDeskTop. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success.

minutes and seconds are calculated. object Time.Date void SetTime.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Com.45. from which a new hour-of-year. Com. See also Set Functions and Methods General Object Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. except for the fact that negative values are interpreted as zero.Execute().2 minutes and 675. Time = GetCaseObject('SetTime'). Arguments: object O (optional): The object to delete set S (optional): The set of objects to delete Return value: void Example: The following example removes all "Dummy" fuses from the network. which results in the time 08:09:27 on the 48'th day of the year. Time:hour = 14. Com. Com. 675. See also Set Functions and Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetTime.SetTime(1134.de H. See also: General Object Methods Delete void Delete (object O | set S) Deletes an object or a set of objects from the database.digsilent. 91.Execute(). The objects are not destroyed but are moved to the recycle bin. A set of objects-to-delete is created first file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example executes a load-flow for the current time and date (the computer's system time). Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example executes a load-flow for 14:30 at the current day (the computer's system date).Date().de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Com = GetCaseCommand('ComLdf'). Time = GetCaseObject('SetTime'). GetCaseObject Returns the found class object from current case. The 'DummyType' variable is a local variable in the DPL script.htm 07/10/2011 .6. 91. Time = GetCaseObject('SetTime').Time void SetTime. Values higher than 24 or 60 will be processed normally by adding the hours.6 General Object Functions and Methods Functions related to Objects General Object Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. Time.Time () Sets the current time. M and S.Date () Sets the current date. There is no restriction to the values for H.3 seconds. minutes and seconds into an absolute time.45 hours.Date(). Time.de H.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 92 of 150 Sets the time in the current year. Com = GetCaseCommand('ComLdf'). Com.Time(). See also Set Functions and Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetTime.1 Functions related to Objects Delete Deletes an object.3).2. hour-of-day. Time. object Time. Time.digsilent. object Time. Time:min = 30. Arguments: double H (obligatory) : The hours double M (optional) : The minutes double S (optional) : The seconds Return value: none Example: The following sets the time to 1134.

nm2. . for instance. IsNode Checks if the object is a busbar or terminal. GetConnectedElms Returns the set of connected elements. VarExists Checks a variable name. The target object must be able to receive an object of the given class.1''. AddCopy Adds a copy of an object.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 93 of 150 and then that set is deleted. Object. Manually restoring ('undelete') the deleted fuses. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetAll('StaCubic'). See also: Delete Deletes an object. object target. snm Returns the short name of a variable. time:hourofyear = 1234. Arguments: string ClassName (optional) : Class name of the object ("Class'').. can then be done by a single restore command. Return value: The created object. has a "Write'' method.CreateObject (string ClassNm [. The icons on the main menu for load-flow. A fatal DPL error will occur when this is not the case. which would not make sense for a load-flow command object.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Using "GetCaseCommand()" in a DPL script will return the same command.digsilent..ComLdf').2 General Object Methods The object methods are specific for each type of object class. GetCaseObject object GetCaseObject (string ClassName) Returns the first found object of class "ClassName'' from the currently active calculation case.Class''). transient simulation. set Cubs. lnm Returns the long name of a variable. IsOutOfService Returns if the object is out of service. short-circuit. GetConnectionCount Returns the number of electrical connections. or NULL when no object was created Example: The following example creates a fuse in a set of cubicles. . Edit Opens the object dialogue. "Fold. unm Returns the unit of a variable. Del. MarkInGraphics Marks the object in the graphic.de H. HasResults Returns if the object has result parameters. } O = S. etc. nm1. GetFullName Returns the full database path and name.]) Creates a new object of class 'ClassNm' in the target object. GetNode Returns the node(s) connected to an object. com = GetCaseObject('Unbalanced. time = GetCaseObject('SetTime'). A result file object (ElmRes). IsInFeeder Returns if the object belongs to the feeder.Firstmatch('RelFuse'). Unom Returns the nominal voltage. The general syntax for an object method equals that of the set method: object .CreateObject(aClass. object O.0''. com. Example: The following example uses the default SetTime object to change the calculation time. The following overview lists all the non-specific [OBJMETHOD] methods which are available for all classes. and then executes the load-flow command with the name 'Unbalanced'.6. GetNet Returns the grid in which the object is located. 'nm2'. } Delete(Del). The object is created when no object of the given name and/or class was found. com. GetClass Returns the class name of an object. int n. Arguments: string ClassNm (obligatory) : The class name of the object to create string | int NM1 (optional) : The first part of the object name string | int NM2 (optional) : The next part of the object name .Nextmatch(). This has the advantage that one single entry in the recycle bin is created which contains all deleted fuses. CreateObject Creates a new object.Execute(). optionally preceded by an object name without wildcards and a dot ("Name. object time. string | int NM1.. GetContents Returns the stored objects. etc...Add(O). The new fuses will be named "Fuse Nr. causing the running DPL command to exit. GetCubicle Returns the object's cubicle. Returns the default command object of class "ClassName'' from the currently active calculation case. also open the corresponding default command from the currently active study case. O = S. in case of a mistake.CreateObject object Object. DIgSILENT GmbH www.)'' will create a new object of class aClass and names it to the result of the concatenation of 'nm1'.htm 07/10/2011 . Return value: The found or created object. "Fuse Nr. GetSize Get the size of a vector or matrix variable. etc. set S. StochEvt Returns the first or the next state of a stochastic object. GetCaseObject Returns the found class object from current case. GetParent Returns the parent folder. Cubs = SEL. while (O) { if (O:typ_id=DummyType) { Del. S = AllRelevant().. Initializes newly created commands according to the project settings. Move Moves an objects to this folder. IsClass Checks for a certain class. [OBJMETHOD] ( arguments) . IsRelevant Returns if the object is used for calculations. ShowFullName Prints the full database path and name. GetVal Returns the value of a parameter. Inom Returns the nominal current.

GetClass () Returns the class name of the object. The wildcard may contain (parts of the) name and classname.AllLines().First().0) { O. S = AllRelevant(). O = S.First(). 0 otherwise Example: The following example write all overloaded lines and transformers to the output window. the DPL command will additionally search all subfolders. ! get all grids pGrd = Grids. } Object. if (i) { output('Both sets start with the same class').GetContents set Object. Object. } pGrd = Grids. Return value: 1 when the object is of the given class. objname = O. the written names can be right-clicked in the output window to edit the objects. ElmLneroute) ! in all pGrd and it's subfolders of pGrd Lines = pGrd. S = SEL. if the object's container is empty or if the object is not capable of storing objects.Next().First().GetClass string Object. while (pLne) { pLne.Next(). pLne = Lines. set S. int i. target = Cubs.1).pGrd:loc_name).First().GetClass()).IsClass int Object. object O. ! get all objects of class ElmLne* (ElmLne. printf('Name of object: %s'.GetContents (string WildCard.Next().GetFullName string Object. set S. object O1.First(). Arguments: none Return value: void Because the complete database path is written to the output window.ShowFullName void Object. pGrd. set S. } Object. Arguments: string ClassName (obligatory) : The name of the class. O2. Lines. possibly containing '*' and '?' characters int Contents (optional) : if Contents = 1.ShowFullName () Writes the complete path and name to the output window. O = S.First(). Arguments: none Return value: The full name of the object Example: The following example will write all overloaded lines from the selection to the output window.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 94 of 150 target = Cubs.GetFullName () Returns the complete path and name as a string.ShowFullName(). O1 = S1. O2 = S2.GetContents('*.Next(). S = SEL. object pLne. } Object. where a different maximum loading is used for lines or transformers.IsClass(O2. } Object. n = 0. set Grids.First(). n). the DPL command will only search object o. 'Fuse Nr'. while (O) { if (O:c:loading>100. string objname. Grids = AllRelevant('*.ElmLne*'.IsClass (string ClassName) Checks to see if the object is of a certain class.ShowFullName(). while (pGrd) { printf('Lines in Grid %s'. O = S. Arguments: none Return value: The class name of the object Example: The following example checks to see if two sets start with the same class. pLne = Lines. Returns an empty set.GetFullName().CreateObject('RelFuse'. Arguments: string WildCard (optional) : class name. Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example collects all lines that are stored in line objects.objname).ElmNet'). object O. If Contents = 0 (Default). } O = S. This procedure is therefore useful for selecting objects which should be inspected or edited after the DPL script has finished. while (target) { target. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. i = O1. n+=1. int Contents) Returns the set of objects that are stored in the object and which name matches the wildcard. object O.AllLines().htm 07/10/2011 . Example: The following example will write all overloaded lines from the selection to the output window.First().

GetParent().pBus. iCub<iCount..GetParent () Returns the parent folder.GetConnectedElms ([int rBrk[.GetConnectionCount int Object.IsNode () Returns 1 if object is a node (terminal or busbar).GetConnectionCount () Returns the number of electrical connections. Default=0 Return value: Connected node object Object. Arguments: int N (obligatory) : The connection number. if (i) { if (O:c:loading>0.First().pCub. } } } } file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetNode string Object. int iCount. Fold.GetCubicle(iCub). Object.0.ShowFullName(). Arguments: none Return value: The parent folder object. Possible connections will also be returned when rBrk and/or rDis is zero.GetConnectedElms set Object.IsNode int Object. .ShowFullName(). or NULL if there is no cubicle inside the object. for (iCub=0. ! list all nodes where a 3-winding transformer is connected aSet = AllRelevant('*. Arguments: none Return value: 'true' (1) or 'false' (0) Object. Fold = Lne. Lne = GetBestLine(). in case of open breakers and/or disconnectors.95) O. regards position of breakers int rDis (optional) : if true. } } O = S. pObj=aSet.Next(). Arguments: none Return value: 1 if object is s node. Arguments: none Return value: The number of connections.GetParent object Object. The function "GetBestLine()'' is an example DPL script which returns a line. for (pObj=aSet. int iSw) Returns the node(s) connected to the object.htm 07/10/2011 . The default values are (0. Arguments: int rBrk (optional) : if true.GetCubicle object Object. regards in-service or out-of-service status Return value: The set of connected elements Object. regards position of disconnectors int rOut (optional) : if true.ShowFullName(). Also see "GetContents'' . Return value: The cubicle object or NULL. if (pBus) { pBus.ElmTr3'). object Lne. iCub=iCub+1) { pCub=pObj. Example: set aSet. Object.HasResults void Object. Example: The following example returns the folder in which a line is stored. } Object.HasResults () Returns 'true' when the object has calculated result parameters.GetNode (int iBusNo.85) O.iCub. Arguments: int iBusNo (obligatory) : Bus number (0.GetConnectionCount().1) int iSw (obligatory) : Considering configuration of switches (0. if (pCub) { pBus = pCub:cBusBar.IsClass('ElmTr2'). } else { i = O.IsClass('ElmLne')..Next()) { iCount = pObj.1). if (i) { if (O:c:loading>0. pObj.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 95 of 150 while (O) { i = O.GetCubicle (int N) Returns the cubicle of an object at the connection with index n. 0 otherwise Object.int rOut]]]) Returns the set of connected elements.0).int rDis[. object pObj. Only electrically connected elements are returned when the conditions of all switches are regarded.

"Fuse Nr. 'Fuse Nr'. will result in a set of copied lines and line types.IsRelevant(). Example: object targetobj.IsOutOfService(). set AllObjs.Move void Object. Ldf. while (target) { copy = target.Move(AllObjs).IsRelevant () Returns 1 if the object is currently used for calculations.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 96 of 150 Object. double OptNested=0]) Returns if the object belongs to the feeder area defined by "Feeder''. "Fold. copy. Copying a set of objects will respect all internal references between those objects. Object. nm2. "Fold.Execute(). "Fold.Next(). "Fold.IsRelevant int Object. if (copy) copy.IsOutOfService () Returns 1 if the object is currently out of service.Move(pObj).AddCopy(aFuse. Example: The following example copies a fuse to a set of cubicles. The execution of the running DPL script will be halted until the edit dialogue is closed again. Editing of DPL command objects ComDPL is not allowed.. . } Object. target = Cubs. Returns 0 otherwise. Return value: Returns the copy that has been created. n).1''.. .. nm1. i = MyLine. A "NULL'' object is returned otherwise..)'' will copy aObj and rename it to the result of the concatenation of 'nm1'.]) Copies a single object or a set of objects to the target object. } Object. target = Cubs. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example opens a line dialogue.ShowFullName().AddCopy (set aSet | object aObj [.Move (object O | set S) Moves an object or a set of objects to this folder.IsOutOfService int Object.. Arguments: none Return value: 0 when not out of service Example: The following example checks if a line is out of service.ShowFullName().AddCopy(aSet)'' copies all objects in 'aSet' to "Fold''.htm 07/10/2011 . Cubs = SEL. for example.IsInFeeder void Object. i = MyLine. The function "Fold... if (i) { MyLine. if (i) { MyLine. Returns 0 otherwise.Edit () Opens the edit dialogue of the object.IsInFeeder (object Feeder [. } Object.AddCopy(aObj.AddCopy object Object.AddCopy(aSet)'' returns "Fold''.GetAll('StaCubic'). set Cubs.Edit void Object. Arguments: object O (optional) : Object to move set S (optional) : Set of objects to move Return value: 0 on success.AddCopy(aObj)'' copies object 'aObj' into the target object 'Fold'. ! move pObj to targetobj targetobj. etc. The target object must be able to receive a copy of the objects.. when the copy operation was successful. Command objects (like the ComLdf) will have their Execute button disabled. prior to calculating a load-flow..0''.)'' returns the copy of "aObj''.Edit(). where the copied lines will use the copied line types. object target.First(). Arguments: none Return value: 0 when not used Example: The following example checks if a line is used in the calculation. etc. MyLine. Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Object.ShowFullName(). Arguments: set aSet (obligatory) : The set of objects to copy or object aObj (obligatory) : The object to copy string | int NM1 (optional) : The first part of the new name string | int NM2 (optional) : The next part of the new name . Copying a set of lines and their types. 'nm2'.pObj. 1 on error. string | int NM1. ! move all objects inside AllObjs to targetobj targetobj. The copies will be named "Fuse Nr.AddCopy(aObj.

s2. c.016372 0. cols).016701 0.string VarName.016408 0. r.not.016701 0. if (.016372 0. object O. x).016594 0.GetVal int Object.int cols) Returns the value of the variable "VarName'' when this variable is a vector or a matrix. Object. ierr = Tower. Example: The following example prints information about the length of a line.GetVal(x.lnm (string VarName) Returns the long description of the variable. Object.016576 0. s.067073 0. } } Example Output : 0.016594 0.016701 0.GetSize (string VarName.016576 0.ierr) s = sprintf('%s %f'. for the given row and column.066832 0.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 97 of 150 object Feeder (obligatory) : The Feeder definition object double OptNested (optional) : "Nested feeders'' option (1 or 0) Return value: 1 if "Feeder'' is a feeder definition and the object is in the feeder area.int cols) Returns the size of the variable "VarName'' when this variable is a vector or a matrix.067073 0.016372 0.GetSize('R_c'. Object.016408 0. r+=1. rows.016869 0. } printf(s).VarExists('dline'). int r. Arguments: string VarName (obligatory) : The name of the variable.snm('dline').016851 0.066738 Also see "GetVal'' . Arguments: none Return value: The result object or NULL.016516 0.066738 0. Return value: 1 when "VarName'' is the name of a currently valid variable for this object.016851 0. Example: See "GetSize'' Object. double x.ierr) { r=0. cols.VarExists int Object. while (c<cols) { ierr = Tower.016408 0.016445 0. set s. int i.int rows.016701 0.GetNet(void) Returns the grid in which the object is located.VarExists (string VarName) Checks to see if this object has a currently valid variable called "VarName''. 'R_c'. int ierr. double x. if (.First().016594 0.016869 0. while (O) { i = O. Object. while (r<rows) { s = ''.lnm('dline'). O = s. if (i) { x += O:dline.rows.htm 07/10/2011 .not. 0 otherwise. } O = s.int rows.016594 0. Arguments: string VarName (obligatory) : The name of the variable int rows (obligatory) : The number of rows for a vector or matrix int cols (optional) : The number of columns for a matrix Return value: 0 when "VarName'' is a valid variable name. else 1. c+=1.016576 0. Example: The following example prints the matrix resistances from a Tower model with 2 circuits. x).Next().066832 0. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. if the current object is not stored in any grid.016516 0. s1 = Line.s3. Arguments: string VarName (obligatory) : The variable name Return value: The long variable description.GetSize int Object.016869 0. Example: The following example calculates the total length of cables and lines. string s.c). s = AllRelevant(). } printf('Total length = %d'.lnm string Object. c = 0.GetNet object Object. Arguments: double/object X (obligatory) : The variable in which to return the result string VarName (obligatory) : The name of the variable int rows (obligatory) : The row number for a vector or matrix int cols (optional) : The column number for a matrix Return value: 0 when "VarName'' is a valid variable name and row number and column number are in range.016408 0. else 1. s2 = Line. string s1.016445 0.016869 0.016576 0.016372 0.GetVal (object/double X.

O = S. S = SEL.Next().Unom double Object.snm (string VarName) Returns the short variable name. Line:dline.Next(). Example output: Length of Line (Length) = 0. double U. Arguments: none Return value: The nominal current Example: The following example collects all high current lines. s3).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 98 of 150 s3 = Line. Example: See "lnm'' Also see "unm'' Object.547 [km] Also see "snm'' Also see "unm'' Object.unm string Object. nothing will happen. while (O) { U = O. Arguments: none Return value: The nominal voltage Example: The following example collects all high voltage lines.First(). } Also see "Inom'' Object. object O. The value MinCurrent is an input parameter. By default.Unom().First(). Arguments: string VarName (obligatory) : The variable name Return value: The unit name. if (U>VoltageLevel) { Shv. s2.Add(O). object O.StochEvt (double d | double st) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Inom double Object. object O. printf('%s (%s) = %5.First(). Shv.Next().StochEvt int Object.s1. set S.AllLines(). O = S.MarkInGraphics void Object. } Also see "Unom'' Object. set S.Unom () Returns the nominal voltage of the object.3f [%s]'. Example: See "lnm'' Also see "snm'' Object. } O = S. S = SEL.MarkInGraphics().Inom () Returns the nominal current of the object.AllLines().MarkInGraphics () Marks the object in the currently visible graphic by hatch crossing it. set S. the short name equals the long variable name.Inom().AllLines(). if (U>MinCurrent) { Shv. Arguments: none Return value: void When the currently visible single line graphic does not contain the object. the variable also has a short name which is used to save space in reports or dialogues. Shv.htm 07/10/2011 . Example: The following example will try to mark a set of lines in the single line graphic. In some cases. while (O) { O. } O = S.snm string Object. S = SEL. Arguments: string VarName (obligatory) : The variable name Return value: The short name. O = S. while (O) { U = O. } Object.Add(O).unm('dline').unm (string VarName) Returns the unit of the variable. O = S. The value VoltageLevel is an input parameter. double U.

05 15554.*.1 Functions related to Sets AllRelevant Returns all calculation relevant objects.ShowFullName().First().94 18260.78 08274.e. object O. when the object has a valid failure model.StochEvt(d.65 07888.0). } printf('all lines. O.7 Set Functions and Methods General Set Methods Functions related to Sets SetFilt Methods SetSelect Methods Feeder (SetFeeder) Methods Path (SetPath) Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. } printf('all objects. st = Line. the objects which are used by the calculations. using Monte-Carlo simulation. st). O=S. O=S. st).ShowFullName(). and only objects whose name and class-name satisfy this wildcard will be returned.digsilent.First(). while (t<8760) { printf('%7. using the state probabilities. S = AllRelevant('*.Next()) { O. This is a small example of a chronological Monte-Carlo simulation. } printf('all busbars and terminals.67 01186.de H. object O.11 17873. excluding out-of-service:').digsilent. but are included when i=1 or when i is omitted. i. set S. excluding out-of-service:'). } ! includes out-of-service objects DIgSILENT GmbH www. Draws a first state.Next()) { O. t.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. S = AllRelevant(0).ElmTerm'). Draws the next state. when "st'' is omitted. } result: 1172. SetRandSeed(1).ElmLne'.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Objects which are out-of-service are ignored when i=0.7. O. S = AllRelevant().First(). when "st'' is given.StaBar. } Example 2: The following example writes the full name of all relevant busbars and terminals in the output window.First(). t = t + d.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 99 of 150 Returns the first or the next state of a stochastic object. for (O=S.Next()) { O.htm 07/10/2011 .Next()) { O. for (O=S. A wildcard argument can be given. See also: General Set Methods AllRelevant Set AllRelevant (string S |int i) Returns a set with calculation relevant objects.ShowFullName(). including out-of-service:').ShowFullName(). The duration of the drawn state is returned in "d''. st = Line.First(). O. printf('all objects.StaBar. O=S.*. printf('including out-of-service:'). O. O.ElmTerm'). S = AllRelevant('*.Next()) { O. for (O=S.de H. set S.'). O=S.29 1 DIgSILENT GmbH www. The set of calculation relevant objects is determined by the currently active study case and the currently active grids.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Arguments: string S (optional) : Classname(s) with wildcards int i (optional) : flag to include out of service objects Return value: The set of all calculation relevant objects. Arguments: double d (obligatory) : duration of the returned state double st (optional) : current state of the object Return value: void Example: The following example prints the states of a line for a year.87 05560.ShowFullName().de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. according to the given class-name wildcards Example 1: The following example writes the names of calculation relevant objects for various settings.2f %d'.StochEvt(t). S = AllRelevant('*. for (O=S. O=S. for (O=S.digsilent. The drawn state is returned.

Clear().Clear void Set.AllLines().. SortToName Sorts the objects to their names. First Returns the first objects.AllBreakers(). } file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Remove (object O) Removes an object from the set. Sbig = SEL. Sbig = SEL. [SETMETHOD] ( arguments) .Add int Set. Remove Removes an object.htm 07/10/2011 . object O. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : the object to remove Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example removes al short lines from a set set S. MarkInGraphics Marks the objects in the graphic. } Set. O = S.AllLoads(). Sbig. See also: Functions related to Sets SetTime Methods Set. Sbig. O = S. S = SEL.First Object Set. FirstFilt Returns the first matching object. object O. set S. } O = S. The following [SETMETHOD] methods are available: Add Adds an object.Add ([object O | set S]) Adds an object or all objects from a set to the set.ShowFullName().First() Returns the first object in the set. S = SEL.2 General Set Methods Set methods are functions for the set type parameters..Add(O). Firstmatch Returns the first matching object. Nextmatch Returns the next matching object.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 100 of 150 H.Remove(O). Next Returns the next object. NextFilt Returns the next matching object. SortToVar Sorts the objects to a variable value. . while (O) { O. Sbig.Next(). Set.Clear() Clears the set.First(). set . Count Returns the number of stored objects. S = SEL.AllLines(). Set. O = S.Remove int Set. Clear Removes all objects from the set. SortToClass Sorts the objects to their class.Next(). while (O) { l = O:dline. O = S. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example clears a set set Sbig.7.First(). if (l<1) { S.Add(S). object O. S = SEL. IsIn Searches for an object in the set. Obj Returns the object at index i.First(). Arguments: One of the following two parameter has to be given object O (optional) : an object set S (optional) : a set of objects Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example collects all loads and lines and the first breaker from the general DPL selection set S. double l.AllLines(). Sbig. Arguments: none Return value: The first object or 0 when the set is empty Example: The following example writes the full names of all line in the general selection to the output window.AllLines().

S = AllRelevant(). object lne. } Also see "NextFilt'' . if (i=0) Snsel. possibly containing '*' and '?' characters Return value: The first matching object. Arguments: none Return value: The number of objects in the set. Set. object O.ElmTr?').Nextmatch int Set.Add(lne).FirstFilt (String WildCard) Returns the first object from the set which name matches the wildcard.ElmTr?').Nextmatch().FirstFilt('T*.IsIn (object O) Checks if the set contains object 'O'. while (O) { O.Firstmatch('ElmLne').Next () Returns the next object in the set.Count int Set.Firstmatch (String WildCard) Set. Srel = AllRelevant(). Set. } Set. Set. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : an object Return value: 1 if the O is in the set. O = S. } Also see "First'' . The wildcard may contain (parts of the) name and classname. Example: The following example collects all not selected lines.NextFilt(). Arguments: String WildCard (obligatory) : class name.NextFilt () instead. lne = Srel. O = S.FirstFilt (string) instead. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. O = S. S = AllRelevant(). object O S = SEL. Set.Next Object Set.AllLines(). int n. Use Set.ShowFullName().FirstFilt Object Set.AllLines(). Example: The following example writes all two and three winding transformers to the output window set S. Use Set. Srel. Arguments: none Return value: The next object.First().ShowFullName(). O = S. set S. lne = Srel.FirstFilt('T*.Nextmatch () is obsolete. Set. O = S.NextFilt () Returns the next object from the set which name matches the wildcard. } Also see "FirstFilt'' . while (O) { O. Set.NextFilt(). Example: The following example writes all two and three winding transformers whose name start with a "T'' to the output window set S. while (lne) { i = Ssel. int i.Count () Returns the number of objects in the set.Firstmatch (string) is obsolete. O = S.IsIn int Set. set Ssel. or NULL when no first object exists.NextFilt int Set.Next().Firstmatch Object Set. Ssel = SEL. Snsel.htm 07/10/2011 . object O. Arguments: none Return value: The next object or 0 when the last object has been reached Example: The following example writes the full names of all line in the general selection to the output window. while (O) { O.Nextmatch () Set.IsIn(lne).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 101 of 150 Also see "Next'' . Example: The following example terminates the DPL script when the general selection is found to contain no lines. or NULL when no next object exists.ShowFullName(). set S.

SortToName(0)..ShowFullName(). string V5 (optional) : 2nd.O:loc_name.SortToVar int Set.5th variable names Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example writes all lines to the output window. Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Return value: The object at the given index in the set.3 SetFilt Methods Get Returns a container with the filtered objects SetFilt.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 102 of 150 S = SEL. O = S. string V1.Next().ElmLne. The sorting is from A.de H.ShowFullName(). and reverse when R==0. .SortToClass (int R) Sorts the objects in the set to their class name. } Set. S = AllRelevant('*.First().SortToName (int R) Sorts the objects in the set to their name. when "Index'' is in range. O = S. } Set. object O. S. Arguments: int R (obligatory) : sorting direction string V1 (obligatory) : first variable name string V2 (optional) : .htm 07/10/2011 .SortToName int Set. until V5 can be performed. while (O) { O.*.SortToVar (int R. Sorts the objects to the values for V1. NULL otherwise. n = S.MarkInGraphics () Marks all objects in the set in the currently visible graphic by hatch crossing them. O = S. a sub-sorting for V2.. sorted to names. } Set.SortToClass int Set.Obj (int Index) Returns the object at the given index in the set.MarkInGraphics void Set. Arguments: int Index (obligatory) : the index of the object..Count(). sorted to classes. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example will try to mark a set of lines in the single line graphic. while (O) { printf('%10s %f %f'. S = SEL. S. DIgSILENT GmbH www.O:fline.SortToClass(0).Obj int Set. Sorts the objects in the set to their name. etc.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. 'fline'.First().digsilent. set S. O = S.Get Set SetFilt. set S..O:dline).Next().7.Z when R=0 and reverse when R=1. 'dline'). object O.. Set.AllLines().Get () Returns a container with the filtered objects.ElmLneRoute').First().AllLines(). O = S. S = AllRelevant().Z when R=0 and reverse when R=1. The sorting is from higher values to lower when R==1. Arguments: int R (obligatory) : sorting direction Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example writes all objects to the output window. } Set. Within the sorting for V1. Arguments: int R (obligatory) : sorting direction Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example writes all objects to the output window.. sorted to derating factor and length. S = AllRelevant(). string V5) Sorts the objects in the set to the variable names. S. object O. S. .. The sorting is from A.MarkInGraphics().. if (n=0) { exit(). object O. sub-sub-sorting for V3. set S. while (O) { O...Next(). set S.SortToVar(0. O = S.

Get().AllLines(). MySelection. See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetSelect.AllElm () Returns all elements (Elm*) in the selection.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Arguments: One of the following two parameter has to be given object O (optional) : an object set S (optional) : a set of objects Return value: void Example: The following example adds all loads and lines from the general DPL selection to the selection "MySelection''.AddRef(S).AddRef(S).digsilent.AllLines(). S = SEL. S = SEL.AllElm Set SetSelect. object O.Clear().Clear () Empties the selection.htm 07/10/2011 .4 SetSelect Methods All Returns all objects GetAll Returns all of the given class AddRef Add references Clear Empties the selection AllElm Returns all elements AllLines Returns all lines AllBars Returns all busbars and terminals AllLoads Returns all loads AllAsm Returns all asynchronous machines AllSym Returns all synchronous machines AllTypLne Returns all line types AllBreakers Returns all breakers AllClosedBreakers returns all closed breakers AllOpenBreakers returns all open breakers SetSelect. while (O) { O. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example creates a selection of all loads in the general DPL selection. MySelection. S = SEL.First(). See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetSelect.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 103 of 150 none Return value: The set of filtered objects Example: The following example shows the names of objects filtered by the FiltLongLines. O=S. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.7. MySelection. } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.Clear void SetSelect. S = FiltLongLines.Next(). set S.AllLoads().de H. O = S.AddRef void SetSelect.AddRef ([object O | set S]) Adds a reference to the objects to the existing selection. MySelection.ShowFullName().SetFilt filter set S.AddRef(S). set S.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 104 of 150

Example: The following example writes all objects in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllElm(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllLines

Set SetSelect.AllLines () Returns all lines and line routes in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all lines and line routes in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllLines(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllBars

Set SetSelect.AllBars () Returns all busbars and terminals in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all bars in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllBars(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllLoads

Set SetSelect.AllLoads () Returns all loads in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all loads in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllLoads(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllAsm

Set SetSelect.AllAsm () Returns all asynchronous machines in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all asynchronous machines in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllAsm(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 105 of 150

General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllSym

Set SetSelect.AllSym () Returns all synchronous machines in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all synchronous machines in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllSym(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllTypLne

Set SetSelect.AllTypLne () Returns all line types in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all line types in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllTypLne(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.All

Set SetSelect.All () Returns all objects in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes objects in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.All(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.GetAll

Set SetSelect.GetAll (String ClassName) Returns all objects in the selection which are of the class 'ClassName'. Arguments:

String ClassName (obligatory) : The object class name.
Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all three winding transformers in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.GetAll('ElmTr3'); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllBreakers

Set SetSelect.AllBreakers () Returns all breakers in the selection. Arguments: none

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 106 of 150

Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all breakers in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllBreakers(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllClosedBreakers

Set SetSelect.AllClosedBreakers () Returns all closed breakers in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all closed breakers in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllClosedBreakers(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetSelect.AllOpenBreakers

Set SetSelect.AllOpenBreakers () Returns all open breakers in the selection. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all open breakers in the general DPL selection to the output window.
set S; object O; S = SEL.AllOpenBreakers(); O = S.First(); while (O) { O.ShowFullName(); O = S.Next(); }

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

H.7.5 Feeder (SetFeeder) Methods GetAll Returns all objects in the feeder GetBuses Returns all nodes in the feeder GetBranches Returns all branches in the feeder
SetFeeder.GetAll

Set SetFeeder.GetAll () Returns all objects in the feeder. Arguments: none Return value: The set with all objects Example: The following example gets all feeder objects.
set S; S = Feeder1.GetAll();

See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods
SetFeeder.GetBuses

Set SetFeeder.GetBuses () Returns all busbars and terminals in the feeder. Arguments:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all objects in the path definition to the output window. } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetPath. while (O) { O. set S. O = S.GetAll () Returns all objects in the path definition.GetBranches Set SetFeeder.GetBranches Set SetPath.ShowFullName().de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Arguments: none Return value: The set with all branches Example: The following example gets all feeder branches set S. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetBusses().ShowFullName(). See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetFeeder.Next().GetBusses Set SetPath. O = S.digsilent.First(). See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.Next().GetBusses () Returns all busbars and terminals in the path definition.GetBuses(). Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all busbars and terminals in the path definition to the output window. O = S.GetBranches () Returns all branches in a feeder.de H. S = aPath. object O.htm 07/10/2011 .GetBranches () Returns all branches in the path definition. } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetPath.First().GetBranches().7.6 Path (SetPath) Methods GetAll Returns all objects in the path GetBusses Returns all nodes in the path GetBranches Returns all branches in the path AllBreakers Returns all breakers in the path AllClosedBreakers Returns all closed breakers in the path AllOpenBreakers Returns all open breakers in the path SetPath. while (O) { O.GetAll(). O = S. S = Feeder1.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 107 of 150 none Return value: The set with all busbars and terminals Example: The following example gets all feeder bars. S = Feeder1. set S.GetAll Set SetPath. S = aPath. object O. set S.

8 Analysis Command Functions and Methods General Analysis Command Functions and Methods Load Flow Simulation (ComLdf) Functions and Methods Short-Circuit Calculation (ComShc) Functions and Methods file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.First().GetBranches(). while (O) { O.ShowFullName(). O = S. object O.AllOpenBreakers () Returns all open breakers in the path definition. S = aPath. while (O) { O. O = S.AllOpenBreakers Set SetPath.AllClosedBreakers().Next(). S = aPath.Next().First().ShowFullName(). object O. } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetPath. O = S. object O.ShowFullName(). while (O) { O.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 108 of 150 Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all branches in the path definition to the output window.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. while (O) { O. O = S.AllOpenBreakers().Next(). S = aPath. } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. O = S.AllBreakers(). } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetPath.AllBreakers () Returns all breakers in the path definition. set S.de H.First(). O = S. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all closed breakers in the path definition to the output window. O = S. O = S.Next(). Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all open breakers in the path definition to the output window.AllClosedBreakers () Returns all closed breakers in the path definition.AllClosedBreakers Set SetPath.ShowFullName(). set S. object O.First().htm 07/10/2011 .digsilent. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all breakers in the path definition to the output window. S = aPath. set S. set S.AllBreakers Set SetPath. } See also Functions related to Sets General Set Methods General Object Functions and Methods SetPath.

Execute ResetCalculation void ResetCalculation () Resets all calculations and destroys all volatile calculation results..DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 109 of 150 Time-Domain Simulation Functions and Methods Result Export (ComRes) Methods Contingency Case (ComOutage) Methods Contingency Analysis (ComSimoutage) Methods Contingency Definition (ComNmink) Methods Reliability Assessment (ComRel3) Methods DPL Command (ComDpl) Methods ComEcho Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. however. NameTerm1 = .de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. ObjTerm = SEL. Exe Executes a command bypassing the command pipe. All results that are visible in the single line diagrams...de H. NameTerm2 = . See also the specialized Execute methods for individual commands.Execute(). Please refer to "GetCaseObject()'' . Execute Commands can be execute by using the Execute() method: int Com. The posted commands will be executed after the DPL command has finished.. Obj = SelGrids...NameTerm1.1 General Analysis Command Functions and Methods Execute Executes an analysis command ResetCalculation Resets the calculations. ComLdf.First().Execute ComSimoutage. while (Obj) { NameBreaker = .. Arguments: string Command (obligatory) : The command string Return value: void (no return value) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.digsilent. NameBreaker.ExecuteCntcy ComRel3.Execute ComDpl.NameTerm2). if (ObjTerm) { printf('Connect to Terminal: %s'. Exe(sExec). Please use the more versatile "GetCaseObject'' in stead. GetCaseCommand object GetCaseCommand (string ClassName) This command is obsolete. sExec = sprintf('connect obj=%s b1=%s b2=%s'. GetCaseCommand Returns default command objects. Arguments: none Return value: void (no return value) Results that have been written to result objects (for display in graphs) will not be destroyed. Example: The following example resets all calculations ResetCalculation().Next(). The DPL command will continue after the command has been executed.Execute ComSimoutage. Exe void Exe (string Command) Immediately executes the command. PostCommand Adds a command to the command pipe.Execute () Arguments: none Example: The following example executes a command named 'Com' Com. Arguments: string Command (obligatory): The command string Return value: void (no return value) Example: The following command connects two terminals via an existing coupler 'NameBreaker'. bypassing the command pipe in the input window.. } See also Execute PostCommand void PostCommand (string Command) Adds a command to the command pipe in the input window.8. The 'Exe' command is provided for compatibility and testing purposes only and should only be used by experienced users. will be destroyed.NameTerm2).Execute ComInc..htm 07/10/2011 .Execute ComShc. ClearCommands Clears the command pipe.

Execute int ComShc. } ComLdf. int valid. and performs one when not.Execute(). if (.Execute(). int valid. } ComShc.Execute () Executes a short-circuit calculation.3 Short-Circuit Calculation (ComShc) Functions and Methods validSHC Checks for a valid short-circuit result.8.valid) { Ldf.8.digsilent. PostCommand('exit'). valid = validLDF().Execute(). and performs one when not.Execute int ComLdf.de H.Execute () Execute a load-flow calculation. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. Arguments: none Return value: void (no return value) Example: The following command clears the input window.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.digsilent.de H. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.2 Load Flow Simulation (ComLdf) Functions and Methods validLDF Checks for a valid load-flow result. ClearCommands void ClearCommands () Clears the command pipe of the input window. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example executes the ComLdf command name 'Ldf' Ldf. Arguments: none Return value: 0 if no short-circuit results are available Example: The following example checks if a short-circuit result is available. if (.Execute().valid) { Shc.not. Execute Executes the command validLDF int validLDF () Checks to see if the last load-flow results are still valid and available.not. ClearCommands(). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example execute the ComShc command named 'Shc' Shc. DIgSILENT GmbH www. valid = validSHC(). Arguments: none Return value: 0 if no load-flow results are available Example: The following example checks if a load-flow is available.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 110 of 150 Example: The following command causes the PowerFactory program to end after the DPL script has finished.htm 07/10/2011 . Execute Executes the command validSHC int validSHC () Checks to see if the last short-circuit results are still valid and available.

htm 07/10/2011 .de H.Execute().DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 111 of 150 See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. set S. Arguments: none Return value: 0 if no RMS simulation results are available Example: The following example checks if a RMS simulation is available.First().Execute int ComInc. int valid.ExportFullRange().FileNmResNm file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.ExportFullRange int ComRes. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent. if (. validSIM Checks for a valid simulation result.valid) { Rms.Execute(). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example executes the ComInc command named 'Inc' Inc. } ComInc. Export. Execute Executes the command (here: Calculation of Initial Conditions) validRMS int validRMS () Checks to see if the last RMS simulation results are still valid and available. } validSIM int validSIM () Checks to see if the last simulation results are still valid and available. O = S. valid = validSIM().GetAll('ElmRes'). Arguments: none Return value: 0 Example: The following example exports a range of results object O.de H.Execute () Executes a calculation of initial values. Arguments: none Return value: 0 if no simulation results are available Example: The following example checks if a simulation result is available. int valid. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComRes.ExportFullRange () Executes the export command for the whole data range.4 Time-Domain Simulation Functions and Methods validRMS Checks for a valid simulation result. O = S.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.5 Result Export (ComRes) Methods ExportFullRange Exports the whole data range FileNmResNm Sets the filename for the data export ComRes.not.valid) { output('No simulation result available').8.8. while (O) { Export:pResult = O.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.not. S = SEL. valid = validRMS(). and performs one when not. if (.Next().

Arguments: set S (obligatory) : the set of objects Return value: O on success. aCmd = GetCaseObject('*.iElements).8.GetContents('L*. aElm. command from study case if (aCmd) { ! get all outages of which the names starts with "L" Outages = aCmd. ! remove the events for (aOutage=Outages.GetObject (int line) Get the element stored in line number line in the table of ComOutage.RemoveEvents (string type.SetObjs int ComOutage. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComOutage.ShowFullName(). iElm=iElm+1) { aElm = aOutage.FileNmResNm () Sets the filename for the data export.iElm).Next()) { aOutage. aOutage=Outages. iElm. aOutage. aOutage=Outages. same like GetObject aElm.suppress info message } } DIgSILENT GmbH file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm 07/10/2011 .SetObjs (set S) Sets the list of objects according to S.GetContents('L*.'Elms'.Next()) { aOutage. aOutage.First(). Example: The following example shows how to access elements in the table of all ComOutage whose names start with "L".ComOutage').GetObject object ComOutage. if index exceeds the range NULL is returned Return value: the element of line line in the table.ComOutage').de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.6 Contingency Case (ComOutage) Methods SetObjs Sets the list of objects according to S GetObject Returns the object at position i RemoveEvents Removes events stored inside the comman ComOutage. !aOutage.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 112 of 150 int ComRes. 1 on error. ! get size of vector Elms for (iElm=0.GetObject(iElm). Arguments: int line (obligatory):line index.ComRel3'). aOutage. aOutage. ! show the elements of all outages for (aOutage=Outages. object aCmd. Arguments: none Return value: 1 See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.RemoveEvents void ComOutage. ! get rel. ! get rel.GetSize('Elms'. command from study case if (aCmd) { ! get all outages of which the names starts with "L" Outages = aCmd.digsilent.! delete remaining.de H. The line index starts with 0.ComRel3').GetVal ComOutage. set Outages.First().GetVal(aElm. Arguments: string type (optional): none remove all events stored inside ComOutage 'Lod remove all EvtLod 'Gen' remove all EvtGen 'Switch' remove all EvtSwitch int info (optional): 1 show info message in output window (default) 0 do not show info message Return value: none Example: The following example shows how to remove events from ComOutage object aCmd. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods Object. int info) Removes events stored inside the command. set Outages. int iElements. aCmd = GetCaseObject('*.RemoveEvents(0). iElm<iElements.

AddCntcy int ComSimoutage. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComSimoutage. The results of the outage analyses will be added to the intermediate results.First().ExecuteCntcy (object O) Executes an (additional) ComSimoutage.SetLimits (double vlmin. double vlmax.Next(). Arguments: none Return value: O on success.ReportObjs (set s. The ComOutage will be renamed to "name'' when "name'' is given. o = s.digsilent. set s.7 Contingency Analysis (ComSimoutage) Methods Reset Resets the intermediate results Execute Executes a ComSimoutage after resetting the results ExecuteCntcy(object O) Executes a ComSimoutage for all outage cases stored in the object O. double ldmax) Sets the limits for the outage simulation. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComSimoutage. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : The ComOutage object string name (optional) : A name for the outage Return value: O on success. for the outage cases stored in object O SetLimits Sets the voltage limits to Umn and Umx and the loading limit to Lmx. int mode) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetAll('ComOutage').SetLimits int ComSimoutage. without resetting results.AddCntcy (object O.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 113 of 150 www. If the outage definition has already been analyzed. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComSimoutage. ComSimoutage.Execute () Executes an outage simulation after resetting the results. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComSimoutage. Arguments: none Return value: O on success. Arguments: double vlmin (obligatory) : The minimum voltage double vlmax (obligatory) : The maximum voltage double ldmax (obligatory) : The maximum loading Return value: 1 always Example: The following example analyses all selected outage definitions and adds the results to the intermediate results. while (o) { CA. The results of the outage analysis will be added to the intermediate results. it will be ignored. o = s. Outage definitions in O which have already been analyzed will be ignored. without resetting results AddCntcy(object O) Executes a ComOutage without resetting results.Execute int ComSimoutage. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComSimoutage.ExecuteCntcy int ComSimoutage.ReportObjs set ComSimoutage. string name) Executes an (additional) ComOutage. object o.Reset () Resets the intermediate results of the outage simulation. 1 on error.Reset int ComSimoutage.AddCntcy(o).8.htm 07/10/2011 . 1 on error. Object "O'' must be a ComOutage object. s = SEL. Object "O'' must be a ComSimoutage object. 1 on error. 1 on error. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : The ComSimoutage object Return value: O on success.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. ReportObjs Returns the objects which are normally given to the reporting command to produce the contingency reports. without resetting results.de H.

See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComNmink. PrepOut. PrepOut.Next().de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.ShowFullName(). while (O) { if (O:c:loading>75) { PrepOut.Clear () Empties the selection.GetAll('ElmTr3'). S = Prep. Arguments: String ClassName (obligatory) : The object class name.Clear(). O = S. O = S.Firstmatch('ElmLne')..8. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm 07/10/2011 . } PrepOut.Nextmatch(). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComNmink.AddRef ([object O | set S]) Adds shortcuts to the objects to the existing selection.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 114 of 150 Returns the objects which are normally given to the reporting command to produce the contigency report. Return value: The set of objects Example: The following example writes all three winding transformers in the preparation command to the output window. while (O) { O.8 Contingency Definition (ComNmink) Methods AddRef Adds shortcuts Clear Empties the selection GetAll Returns all objects of class 'ClassName' ComNmink. S = AllRelevant().Execute().de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.digsilent. while (O) { if (O:c:loading>75) { PrepOut.Execute(). O = S. Arguments: One of the following two parameter has to be given object O (optional) : an object set S (optional) : a set of objects Return value: void Example: The following prepares and executes an outage simulation for all high loaded lines.GetAll Set ComNmink.de H.4) Return value: set of objects for report. set S. } O = S.First().AddRef(O).Nextmatch(). O = S. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. } O = S. object O.Firstmatch('ElmLne').AddRef(O).Clear void ComNmink. Arguments: set set (obligatory) : Initial set of objects int mode (obligatory) : Report mode (1. Arguments: none Return value: void Example: The following example creates a selection of all loads. } PrepOut.AddRef void ComNmink.digsilent.Clear().GetAll (String ClassName) Returns all objects which are of the class 'ClassName'. S = AllRelevant().

RemoveOutages void ComRel3.RemoveOutages('Lod').DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 115 of 150 H. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. aCmd = GetCaseObject('*.8.9 Reliability Assessment (ComRel3) Methods Execute Executes the command RemoveOutages Removes contingency definitions RemoveEvents Removes events stored in contingencies AnalyseElmRes Evaluates results object created in last calculation ComRel3.ComRel3'). Arguments: string type (optional): none remove all events stored inside the ComOutages inside ComRel3 'Lod' remove all EvtLod 'Gen' remove all EvtGen' 'Switch' remove all EvtSwitch' int info (optional): 1 show info message in output window (default) 0 do not show info message Return value: none Example: The following example shows how to remove events from the ComOutage commands stored inside ComRel3: object aCmd. ! delete } get the command from study case all EvtLod all EvtGen remaining.Execute () Executes the Level 3 reliability assessment calculations. !=0 on error. ComRel3. aCmd = GetCaseObject('*.ComOutage) inside the command.! remove aCmd.ComOutage) stored inside the command.digsilent. int info) Removes events stored inside the contingencies (*.RemoveOutages(0). aCmd = GetCaseObject('*. object aCmd.RemoveOutages('Gen'). ! get the command from study case if (aCmd) { iError=aCmd. ! suppress info message } ComRel3.htm 07/10/2011 .RemoveEvents (string type. aResFile:loc_name).AnalyseElmRes(0). Arguments: int error (optional): 0 do not display an error message (default) 1 display error messages in case of errors Return value: 0 on success. Performs exactly the same like pressing the button 'Perform Evaluation of Result File' in the dialogue box of the command.AnalyseElmRes (int error) Evaluate the results object created by the last calculation.ComRel3'). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example executes a ComRel3 Command named 'Rel3' Rel3.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.ComRel3'). 0 do not show a message Return value: none Example: The following example removes all ComOutage objects stored inside the ComRel command in the study case. ! if (aCmd) { aCmd.AnalyseElmRes int ComRel3.Execute int ComRel3.Execute(). object aCmd. Example: The following example shows how to call the evaluation of the results. suppress info message ComRel3. int iError. ! hide error message if (iError) { ! display my own error message aResFile = aCmd:p_resenum.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Arguments: int msg (optional) : 1 show info message in output window (taken by default). ! get the command from study case if (aCmd) { aCmd.RemoveOutages(0).RemoveEvents void ComRel3.RemoveOutages () Removes all contingency definitions (*. if (aResFile) { Error('Evaluation of results %s failed'. aResFile. This is exactly the same like pressing the button named "Delete Contingencies" in the dialogue box of the command.! delete aCmd.

Off().On(). Arguments: user defined arguments Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example performs a load-flow and calls the DPL subroutine "CheckVoltages'' to check the voltage conditions.Off int ComEcho. if (. PerformCalculation().On() is obsolete. such as the load-flow command.On () Turns on the user interface.7. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example turns off the user interface.digsilent.Execute int ComDpl. etc. For Path Methods please refer to Section H. if (err) printf('Voltage conditions are violated'). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ComEcho.6: Path (SetPath) Methods. Grid (ElmNet) Methods Induction Machine Type (TypAsm) Methods Induction Machine Type (TypAsmo) Methods Feeder (ElmFeeder) Methods Composite Model (ElmComp) Methods Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods Line (ElmLne) Methods Line Route (ElmLneroute) Methods Line Type (TypLne) Methods Result Object (ElmRes) Methods file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Use the internal command EchoOn instead.On int ComEcho. as well as additional functions dealing with classes and virtual instruments. the asynchronous machine.Off() is obsolete.Off () Turns off the user interface.8. 1.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 116 of 150 H. the line object.11 ComEcho Methods On Turns on the user interface Off Turns off the user interface ComEcho.10 DPL Command (ComDpl) Methods Execute Executes an external DPL script as a subroutine ComDpl. ComEcho. err = Ldf.05). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. calls a subroutine and turns it back on again. int err.7.htm 07/10/2011 .On(). Use the internal command EchoOff instead. aEcho.de H.Execute().5: Feeder (SetFeeder) Methods.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.digsilent.8. ComEcho. calls a subroutine and turns it back on again.de H. aEcho.Execute (user defined arguments) Executes an external DPL script as a subroutine.Off(). aEcho.9 Specialized Methods for Elements and Types The external methods are available for external PowerFactory objects. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example turns off the user interface. For Feeder Methods please refer to Section H. aEcho.err) err = CheckVoltages(0. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.94. PerformCalculation().not.

9.digsilent.9.Activate int ElmNet.CalcElParams () Calculates the electrical parameters from the input data.CalcElParams int TypAsmo. 1 on error.4 Feeder (ElmFeeder) Methods GetAll Returns all objects in this feeder GetBuses Returns all buses in this feeder GetBranches Returns all branch elements in this feeder GetNodesBranches Returns all buses and branches in this feeder GetObjs Returns all objects of class 'ClassName'' in this feeder file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success.digsilent.de H.3 Induction Machine Type (TypAsmo) Methods CalcElParams Calculates the electrical parameters TypAsmo.1 Grid (ElmNet) Methods Activate Adds a grid to the active study case Deactivate Removes a grid from the active study case ElmNet. Arguments: none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 117 of 150 Zone (ElmZone) Methods Switch (StaSwitch) Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.htm 07/10/2011 .Activate () Adds a grid to the active study case.Deactivate int ElmNet. 1 on error.de H.9.de H. Arguments: none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.CalcElParams () Calculates the electrical parameters from the input data.CalcElParams int TypAsm. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.2 Induction Machine Type (TypAsm) Methods CalcElParams Calculates the electrical parameters TypAsm.9.digsilent. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success.digsilent.Deactivate () Removes a grid from the active study case.de H. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmNet.

GetBranches (int iNested) Returns a set with all branch elements belonging to this feeder. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmFeeder. all elements will be returned when iNested=1.SortToVar(0.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'.Next()){ printf('Elements in feeder %s'. ! output elements in the feeders pPrj = ActiveProject().GetAll(1). all elements will be returned when iNested=1. aFeeders. Return value: The set of feeder objects. Arguments: int iNested (optional) : In case of nested feeders.Getbuses(1). ! output elements in the feeders pPrj = ActiveProject().ElmFeeder'.ElmFeeder'.pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name. pObj=aBranches. object pPrj.pObj. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmFeeder. Arguments: int iNested (optional) : In case of nested feeders. pObj=aAll.aFeeders. pFeeder.pObj:loc_name). Example: set aAll.pFeeder:loc_name). for (pFeeder=aFeeders. all elements will be returned when iNested=1. ! output elements in the feeders pPrj = ActiveProject().1).pObj:loc_name). for (pObj=aAll.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'. otherwise only the objects up to the next feeder will be returned.First(). pFeeder=aFeeders. if (pPrj) { aFeeders = pPrj.aFeeders.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'. otherwise only the objects up to the next feeder will be returned.htm 07/10/2011 .pObj:loc_name). Example: set aAll. if (pPrj) { aFeeders = pPrj.ElmFeeder'. pObj. pFeeder.GetNodesBranches(1).1). aFeeders. for (pFeeder=aFeeders. Return value: The set of branch elements in feeder.pFeeder. pObj.pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name.GetContents('*. Arguments: int iNested (optional) : In case of nested feeders. aNodes = pFeeder. aAll = pFeeder.aFeeders.pFeeder.GetContents('*. if (pPrj) { aFeeders = pPrj. Arguments: int iNested (optional) : In case of nested feeders.GetBuses set ElmFeeder.GetBuses (int iNested) Returns a set with all buses belonging to this feeder. for (pObj=aAll. pFeeder.1). for (pFeeder=aFeeders. aAll = pFeeder. pObj.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'.GetBranches set ElmFeeder.SortToVar(0. pObj=aNodes.First(). Example: set aBranches. object pPrj.GetNodesBranches set ElmFeeder.First().'loc_name'). object pPrj. aBranches = pFeeder. if (pPrj) { aFeeders = pPrj.First().GetContents('*.SortToVar(0.pObj. otherwise only the objects up to the next feeder will be returned.'loc_name').1).Next()){ printf('Buses in feeder %s'.pFeeder:loc_name). ! output elements in the feeders pPrj = ActiveProject().pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name.pObj:loc_name).First(). pFeeder=aFeeders.GetAll (int iNested) Returns a set with all objects belonging to this feeder.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 118 of 150 ElmFeeder.pObj. object pPrj.'loc_name'). pObj. Return value: The set of bus and branch elements in feeder. otherwise only the objects up to the next feeder will be returned.First().pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name.pFeeder. for (pFeeder=aFeeders.GetAll set ElmFeeder.SortToVar(0.Next()){ printf('Branches in feeder %s'. Return value: The set of bus elements in feeder. all elements will be returned when iNested=1. pFeeder. for (pObj=aNodes.pFeeder:loc_name).'loc_name').aFeeders.First().GetNodesBranches (int iNested) Returns a set with all buses and branches belonging to this feeder.pFeeder:loc_name). for (pObj=aBranches. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmFeeder.ElmFeeder'. pFeeder=aFeeders.GetContents('*. pFeeder=aFeeders.GetBranches(1). pObj=aAll.Next()){ printf('Branches and Nodes in feeder %s'.First(). } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmFeeder. aFeeders.pFeeder. aFeeders. Example: set aNodes.GetObjs file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.pObj.

int cl.Next()){ printf('Cubicles in feeder %s'.Open int ElmCoup.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.Close int ElmCoup. aAll = pFeeder. Sc. }. aFeeders.GetObjs('StaCubic'). Return value: The set of feeder objects. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmCoup.AllElm().Slotupd int ElmComp. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example gathers all closed couplers before opening them.AllElm(). Example: set aAll.First().1).9.digsilent.Close().SortToVar(0. O = S.5 Composite Model (ElmComp) Methods Slotupd Performs a slot update ElmComp.ElmFeeder'. Arguments: none Return value: void See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.9. while (O) { opn = O.Open () Opens the buscoupler.pFeeder.First().de H.pObj:loc_name).First(). pFeeder. set S.IsOpen(). Arguments: int iNested (optional) : In case of nested feeders.de H. if (opn) { O.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 119 of 150 set ElmFeeder.First().Slotupd () Performs a slot update for the composite model. So. object O.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.Add(O).pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example gathers all open couplers before closing them. int opn. pObj=aAll. O = S. So. pFeeder=aFeeders. set S. ! output elements in the feeders pPrj = ActiveProject().Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'. all elements will be returned when iNested=1.Close () Closes the buscoupler. for (pObj=aAll. object O. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetContents('*. S = Couplers. S = Couplers. otherwise only the objects up to the next feeder will be returned.6 Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods Close Closes the buscoupler Open Opens the buscoupler IsOpen Returns 1 when the coupler is open IsClosed Returns 1 when the coupler is closed ElmCoup.htm 07/10/2011 . } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.pFeeder:loc_name). pObj. for (pFeeder=aFeeders.digsilent.'loc_name'). object pPrj.aFeeders.pObj. to automatically select available models for the slots.GetObjs (string ClassNameint iNested) Returns a set with all objects of class 'ClassName'' which belong to this feeder. if (pPrj) { aFeeders = pPrj.

object O.Open for an example DIgSILENT GmbH www. while (O) { i = O.Close for an example ElmCoup.HasRoutesOrSec int ElmLne. Sc.Nextmatch(). Arguments: none Return value: 0 when the line is a single line. S = AllRelevant(). int i.Nextmatch(). } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmLne.ShowFullName().Add(O). set S.GetType () file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.de H. 2 when into sections.9. Example: The following example reports all lines with sections.Firstmatch('ElmLne').IsClosed(). 1 when it is subdivided into routes.7 Line (ElmLne) Methods HasRoutes Returns if the line is subdivided into routes HasRoutesOrSec Returns if the line is subdivided into routes or sections GetType Returns the line type object IsCable Returns if this is a cable IsNetCoupling Returns if the line connects two grids SetCorr Sets the correction factor of the line CreateFeederWithRoutes Splits the line in 2 routes ElmLne.htm 07/10/2011 .Open(). int i. 0 when open Example: See ElmCoup. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when open. 1 when it is subdivided into routes.IsOpen () Returns 1 when the coupler is open.IsClosed int ElmCoup. object O. Example: The following example reports all lines with routes. 0 when closed Example: See ElmCoup.Firstmatch('ElmLne').HasRoutes(). O = S. set S. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when closed. if (opn) { O.ShowFullName(). } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmLne.HasRoutesOrSec () Returns if the line is subdivided into routes or sections.HasRoutes int ElmLne.digsilent. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmCoup.HasRoutes () Returns if the line is subdivided into routes. if (i=2) O.IsClosed () Returns 1 when the coupler is closed. if (i) O.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. }. O = S. S = AllRelevant().IsOpen int ElmCoup.GetType int ElmLne. while (O) { i = O. Arguments: none Return value: 0 when the line is a single line. O = S.HasRoutesOrSec(). O = S.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 120 of 150 while (O) { cl = O.

O). 1 on error. object O.Nextmatch(). } O = S. } O = S. while (O) { i = O. @ACC(1):c:loading. } O = S. if (i) { Write('# : #. int sw0 (optional) : when true.## $N. Example: The following example sets a correction factor. otherwise 0. S = AllRelevant(). a switch is inserted on the other side Return value: 0 on success.SetCorr int ElmLne.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 121 of 150 Returns the line type object.Firstmatch('ElmLne'). O). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. @ACC(1):loc_name.ShowFullName(). } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmLne.IsNetCoupling () Returns if the line connects two grids. Arguments: double dis (obligatory) : double rem (obligatory) : object O (obligatory) : A branch object that is to be connected at the inserted terminal. @ACC(1):c:loading.int sw1]) Creates a new feeder in the line by splitting the line in 2 routes and inserting a terminal. while (O) { i = O. O = S.IsNetCoupling().htm 07/10/2011 .CreateFeederWithRoutes (double dis. if (T=0) { O.Nextmatch().Firstmatch('ElmLne'). while (O) { T = O. See also General Object Functions and Methods file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when the line is a coupler.double rem. otherwise 0.object O[int sw0.IsNetCoupling int ElmLne.Nextmatch(). according to IEC364-5-523.IsCable () Returns if this is a cable.SetCorr().Firstmatch('ElmLne'). T. object O. Arguments: none Return value: The TypLne object Example: The following example reports all 'untyped' lines set S. 1 on error. Example: The following example reports all the loading of all couplers set S.CreateFeederWithRoutes int ElmLne. int i. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmLne. a switch is inserted on the one side int sw1 (optional) : when true.SetCorr () Sets the correction factor of the line. } ElmLne. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when the line is a cable. @ACC(1):loc_name. BuriedLine.## $N. S = AllRelevant(). object O.GetType(). O = S. set S. O = S. S = AllRelevant().IsCable int ElmLne. int i.IsCable(). Example: The following example reports the loading of all cables. if (i) { Write('# : #. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmLne.

SetNomCurr int TypLne. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when the line type is a cable type. if (i) O. S = AllRelevant().Nextmatch().9. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods TypLne. object O. int i. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods Hint: ElmLneroute has been replaced by ElmBranch containing ElmLne in PowerFactory Version 14.de H.8 Line Route (ElmLneroute) Methods IsCable Returns if the route is a cable HasSections Returns if the line route is subdivided into sections Hint: ElmLneroute has been replaced by ElmBranch containing ElmLne in PowerFactory Version 14. if (i) O. while (O) { i = O.SetNomCurr () file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. set S.0. DIgSILENT GmbH www. while (O) { i = O.Firstmatch('TypLne'). O = S.IsCable(). object O. while (O) { i = O. Example: The following example reports all cable types. O = S.Nextmatch().ShowFullName().HasSections().IsCable().de H.HasSections int ElmLneroute.Firstmatch('ElmLneroute').ShowFullName(). } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods Hint: ElmLneroute has been replaced by ElmBranch containing ElmLne in PowerFactory Version 14.Firstmatch('ElmLneroute').IsCable () Returns if the route is a cable.0. S = AllRelevant(). Please refer to Line (ElmLne) Methods. Please refer to Line (ElmLne) Methods.Nextmatch().digsilent.0.ShowFullName(). O = S.IsCable () Returns if the line type is a cable type. Example: The following example reports all cable routes.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. S = AllRelevant().IsCable int ElmLneroute. ElmLneroute. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when a cable.digsilent.IsCable int TypLne. otherwise 0.9. set S.9 Line Type (TypLne) Methods IsCable Returns if the line type is a cable type SetNomCurr Sets the nominal current of the line type TypLne. O = S.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. Please refer to Line (ElmLne) Methods. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when subdivided sections. int i. int i.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 122 of 150 Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. O = S. O = S. 0 otherwise Example: The following example reports all lines routes with sections.HasSections () Returns if the line route is subdivided into sections. set S. if (i) O. otherwise 0. object O.htm 07/10/2011 . ElmLneroute.

according to IEC364-5-523.and.Execute().9.digsilent. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example performs load-flows for a number of load levels and writes the results to the result object double P. Example: The following example sets the correction factor. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes. LoadResData Loads the data of a result file in memory. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example initializes the result object.Write int ElmRes.Write () Writes the current results to the result object. ResNvars Returns the number of variables (columns) in result file. Res. i = 1. This is required for all result files that are not stored in the DPL command object.Init int ElmRes. BuriedLineType. ElmRes.Write().{i}) { i = Ldf. if (i) { Res. while ({P<LoadMax}. 1 on error.htm 07/10/2011 . P = LoadMin. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de H. ResNval Returns number of values stored in certain result curve. } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes. Res. P += LoadStep. GetResData Returns a value from a certain result curve.Init () Initializes the result object.SetNomCurr().Clear () Clears the result object.Clear(). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example clears the result object.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 123 of 150 Sets the nominal current of the line type.Init().10 Result Object (ElmRes) Methods Init Initializes the result object Clear Clears the result object Write Writes the current results Draw Updates all relevant plots WriteDraw Writes results and updates all plots SetAsDefault Sets this as default results AddVars Adds to the list of monitored variables GetObj Returns objects used in the result file ResIndex Returns column number of variable in result object.Clear int ElmRes. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes. double i.Draw file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.

} if (n>9) { Res. double i. P = LoadMin. Ld:pini += LoadStep.e..WriteDraw(). string v1 [. if (i) { Res. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example performs load-flows for a number of load levels and writes the results to the result object double P. n += 1. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example updates the graphics every 10 steps to save time and yet follow the results while calculating double i.WriteDraw () Writes current results to the result objects and updates all plots that display values from the result object.'m:I:busshc').{i}) { i = Ldf. Ld:pini = LoadMin.WriteDraw int ElmRes. Res = MyResults().AddVars (object O.and.GetObj (int index) Returns the objects used in the result file. i = 1.SetAsDefault () Sets this results object as the default results object. Positive index means objects for which parameters are being monitored (i. string v1 (obligatory) : variable name for object O. n = 0.AddVars(MyLine. when found.Execute(). P += LoadStep. Res.GetObj object ElmRes.string v2.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 124 of 150 int ElmRes..v9 (optional) : optional further variables names for object O. Arguments: none Return value: none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes.and. } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes. i = 1. } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmRes. if (i) { Res.n. Return value: the object. Negative index means objects which occur in written result rows as values. column objects). while ({P<LoadMax}.{i}) { i = Ldf. Arguments: int index (obligatory) : index of the object.]) Adds variables to the list of monitored variables for the Result object..Write().htm 07/10/2011 . Return value: none Example: object Res. n = 0. object O. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ResIndex int ResIndex (object res.Write().Execute().'m:Ikss:busshc'. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : an object.AddVars void ElmRes. string vnm) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.SetAsDefault void ElmRes.. string v2.Draw () Updates all plots that display values from the result object. while ({Ld:pini<LoadMax}.

5f '.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 125 of 150 Returns the column number of the variable 'vnm' of object 'O' in the result object 'res'. x.12676 30.73286 12. Return value: 0 when ok 1 when iX out of bound 2 when iCrv out of bound 3 when invalid value is returned ('INFINITY'. while (ix<Nval) { iy = 0.12676 30. A negative index is returned when 'vnm' is not in the result file. object O.010000 : 0. res = obj:p_resvar. x).or. res.5f'. 'm:U1:bus1').73286 12. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : The result file object Also see "LoadResData()'' . Arguments: object res (obligatory) : the result file object O (obligatory) : The monitored object string vnm (obligatory) : the name of the monitored variable of object 'O' Return value: The index of the variable.12676 30. ResNvars int ResNvars (object O) Returns the number of variables (columns) in result file. An error is produced when O is not a ElmRes object. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : The result file object Return value: void Example: object obj. ResNval int ResNval (object O.73286 12.12676 30.040000 : 0.12676 30. x2). LoadResData(res). if (i1<0. double x. This index can be used in "GetResData'' to retrieve the value.91360 -0.73286 12. ix.iy. ix. An error is produced when O is not a ElmRes object. double x. GetResData(x1. Nvar. printf('%8.0). str = sprintf('%s %8. int iX.73286 12. LoadResData void LoadResData (object O) Loads the data of a result file (ElmRes) in memory. res. int n. GetResData(x. Nvar = ResNvars(res). Nval = ResNval(res. Nval.73286 12. etc.91360 -0.91360 file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.0). res. } printf('%s'.050000 : 0. int Nval. str. An error is produced when 'res' is not a ElmRes object. while (ix<Nval) { GetResData(x. ix += 1. which equals the variable or column number. x1. int Nvar. 'm:I1:bus1'). iy += 1. str = sprintf('%f :'. x2. printf('Nvar=%d Nval=%d'.91360 0. Example: object obj. Nval). Also see "LoadResData()'' . x). ix += 1.91360 -0. i1. ix = 0. obj. i2 = ResIndex(res. An error is produced when O is not a ElmRes object. obj = GetCaseCommand('ComInc'). obj. when 'O' is not in the result file. string str. ix.12676 30.ix.030000 : 0. ix = 0. etc. str). which equals the variable or column number. i1). n. i1 = ResIndex(res.) is returned when omitted. res = obj:p_resvar.91360 -0. Arguments: double d (obligatory) : the returned value object O (obligatory) : The result file object int iX (obligatory) : the row index int iCrv (optional) : The curve number. res. ix.) Also see "LoadResData()'' . GetResData(x2. 'DUMMY'.020000 : 0.GetObject(1). while (iy<Nvar) { GetResData(x. ix).91360 -0.5f %8. res. int iCrv) Returns the number of values stored in result object for curve iCrv.iy). } Also see "LoadResData()'' "GetResData()'' "GetObject'' .73286 12. res. obj = GetCaseCommand('ComInc'). GetResData int GetResData (double d. i2. res. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : The result file object int iCrv (obligatory) : The curve number. obj = res.5f %8. ix). first column value (time.i2<0) exit().index. x1. An error is produced when O is not a ElmRes object. Nval = ResNval(res. } An example (depending of the results in the result object) of the output for this script : Nvar=3 Nval=11 -0.000000 : 0. LoadResData(res). int iCrv) Returns a value from a result object for row iX of curve iCrv.010000 : 0.htm 07/10/2011 . i2).12676 30.

pZone=aZones. pObj=aAll. pObj=aAll.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'. pZone=aZones.digsilent.030000 0.91360 12.GetNodes set ElmZone. pZone.ElmZone'. object pPrj.pZone.ElmZone'. for (pObj=aAll.SortToVar(0. pZone.aZones.73286 30.pObj. pObj.pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.Next()) { file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. pZone=aZones. ! output elements in the zone pPrj = ActiveProject(). pObj=aAll.GetContents('*.pObj.First(). Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: set aAll.1).GetBranches set ElmZone.GetBuses set ElmZone.pObj:loc_name). for (pZone=aZones.020000 0.First(). aAll = pZone.91360 12. aZones.GetAll () Returns all objects which belong to this zone.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 126 of 150 0.91360 DIgSILENT GmbH www.SortToVar(0.'loc_name'). if (pPrj) { aZones = pPrj. aAll = pZone. object pPrj. object pPrj. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmZone.GetBuses () Returns all buses which belong to this zone.73286 30.pObj.GetNodes () Returns all nodes which belong to this zone.12676 0.aZones. pZone.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: set aAll.First(). aAll = pZone.GetBranches().040000 0.11 Zone (ElmZone) Methods GetAll Returns all objects in this zone GetBuses Returns all buses in this zone GetNodes Returns all nodes in this zone GetBranches Returns all branches and buses in this zone GetObjs Returns all objects of the given class in this zone ElmZone.9.12676 0.Next()) { printf('Elements in zone %s'.First().Next()) { printf('Branches in zone %s'. for (pZone=aZones. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmZone. for (pObj=aAll.GetContents('*.pZone.GetAll set ElmZone.91360 12.GetBranches () Returns all branches which belong to this zone. ! output elements in the zone pPrj = ActiveProject().ElmZone'. if (pPrj) { aZones = pPrj.12676 0.First(). ! output elements in the zone pPrj = ActiveProject().aZones.pObj:loc_name). pObj.pZone:loc_name).050000 : : : : 0.1).GetBuses().htm 07/10/2011 .de H.12676 30.pZone:loc_name).73286 12.'loc_name'). } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmZone.First(). pObj.GetAll().pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name. for (pObj=aAll.1).'loc_name').GetContents('*.SortToVar(0.Next()) { printf('Nodes in zone %s'.pZone:loc_name).73286 30. aZones.pZone. if (pPrj) { aZones = pPrj. aZones. for (pZone=aZones. Arguments: none Return value: The set of objects Example: set aAll.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 127 of 150 printf(' } } } %s\\%s'. So.1).pObj. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example gathers all closed switches before opening them. StaSwitch.IsClosed().Close () Closes the switch. while (O) { opn = O. for (pObj=aAll.Close int StaSwitch. ! output cubicles in the zone pPrj = ActiveProject(). set S. S = Couplers.IsOpen int StaSwitch. O = S.htm 07/10/2011 .AllElm().pZone.'loc_name').pObj:loc_name). object O. while (O) { cl = O.12 Switch (StaSwitch) Methods Close Closes the switch Open Opens the switch IsOpen Returns if the switch is open IsClosed Returns if the switch is closed Hint: StaSwitch has been replaced by ElmCoup in PowerFactory Version 14.pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name.GetObjs (string classname) Returns all objects of the given class which belong to this zone.pZone:loc_name).de H.Add(O).9.First().IsOpen () file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. }.aZones.pObj:loc_name). Return value: The set of objects Example: set aAll. }. pObj=aAll. Please refer to Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods.First().GetObjs('StaCubic'). for (pZone=aZones. pZone. aZones. object pPrj.0. } } } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. Please refer to Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods.First().0.Next()) { printf(' %s\\%s'. pObj.pObj:r:fold_id:loc_name.Add(O). Sc. set S. Arguments: string classname (obligatory) : name of the class. O = S. if (pPrj) { aZones = pPrj.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. pZone=aZones.AllElm().GetContents('*.Open().First(). Please refer to Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods Hint: StaSwitch has been replaced by ElmCoup in PowerFactory Version 14. So.0. int cl. Sc.digsilent.Close(). object O.Open () Opens the switch. aAll = pZone.SortToVar(0. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example gathers all open switches before closing them. StaSwitch.ElmZone'. if (opn) { O.Open int StaSwitch. StaSwitch. S = Switches. if (opn) { O.IsOpen(). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods ElmZone. int opn.Next()) { printf('Cubicles in zone %s'. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods Hint: StaSwitch has been replaced by ElmCoup in PowerFactory Version 14.GetObjs set ElmZone.

object aPlot. Return value: none Example: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. int create) Searches for a virtual instruments on the Virtual Instrument Panel.IsClosed int StaSwitch. Return value: Virtual Instrument Example: The following example looks for a Plot (VisPlot) named RST on a Virtual Instrument Panel.GetVI object SetVipage.'VisPlot'. 0 when closed Example: See StaSwitch.1). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). Create the plot if not exists aPlot=aPage.SetStyle (string name) Sets style folder of Virtual Instrument Panel. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when open. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage. Arguments: none Return value: 1 when closed.digsilent.GetPage('Voltage'.0. StaSwitch. string class.1).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.0. Hint: StaSwitch has been replaced by ElmCoup in PowerFactory Version 14.Open for an example.SetStyle void SetVipage. ! Look for opened graphics board. Arguments: string name (obligatory) : Name of Virtual Instrument string class='VisPlot' (optional) : classname of Virtual Instrument. Please refer to Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 128 of 150 Checks if the switch is open. Hint: StaSwitch has been replaced by ElmCoup in PowerFactory Version 14. int create=1 (optional) : create >0 --> create panel if not exists.1 SetVipage Methods GetVI SetStyle SetTile SetResults SetXVar SetScaleX SetDefScaleX DoAutoScaleX DoAutoScaleY SetAutoScaleX SetAdaptX GetScaleObjX SetVipage.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.digsilent.GetVI('RST'. The plot is created if it was not found.10 Methods for Virtual Instruments SetVipage Methods VisPlot/VisPlot2 Methods VisFft Methods IntPlot Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.Close for an example.10. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aPage) { ! Get plot named RST. Please refer to Breaker/Switch (ElmCoup) Methods. object aGrf. 0 when open Example: See StaSwitch. DIgSILENT GmbH www.de H. object aPage. Arguments: string name (obligatory) : Name of style.IsClosed () Checks if the switch is closed.GetVI (string name.de H.htm 07/10/2011 .

SetStyle('Paper'). ! Look for opened graphics board. object aPage. object aPage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.object aPage. object aGrf. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage.SetScaleX(100. If obj and varname are empty the default x-axis variable (time) is set. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.htm 07/10/2011 . ! Look for opened graphics board.SetTile(0).SetScaleX void SetVipage.1).1). The second one sets the default x-axis (time). Invalid arguments like negative limits for logarithmic scale are not set.1). ! Look for opened graphics board. Arguments: int tile=1 (optional) : tile > 0 --> tile Virtual Instruments. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage. object aGrf.120). ! Look for opened graphics board.SetScaleX (double min. object aPage. Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and resets its default results. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). double max. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1).120). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. Arguments: object res (obligatory) : Results to set (ElmRes) or NULL to reset.SetXVar(line. if (aPage) { ! Set style named Paper aPage. if (aPage) { ! Set x-scale from 100 to 120 aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). Return value: none file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetPage('Voltage'. ! Set x-scale variable aPage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. tile =0 --> arrange them horizontally. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage.SetXVar void SetVipage.SetXVar (object obj. No input arguments --> automatic scaling. Arguments: object obj (optional) : x-axis object string varname (optional) : variable of obj Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and set the x-axis variable. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage.GetPage('Voltage'.SetTile (int tile) Rearranges the Virtual Instruments. if (aPage) { ! Set x-scale from 100 to 120 aPage. string varname) Sets x-axis variable.GetPage('Voltage'. object aPage.'m:U1:bus1').SetTile void SetVipage.SetScaleX(100.SetTile(). double max (optional) : Maximum of x-scale.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 129 of 150 The following example looks for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and sets its style to 'Paper'. Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and rearranges the Virtual Instrument. int log (optional) : > 0 --> x-scale is logarithmic. object aGrf.1). if (aPage) { ! Set default results on page aPage. ! Set default x-scale variable (time) aPage. ! Look for opened graphics board.SetResults (object res) Sets default Results (ElmRes) of Virtual Instrument Panel. } } object aGrf. ! Tile VIs (default input parameter is 1) aPage. object aGrf. The first example sets an user defined x-axis variable of the Virtual Instrument Panel.GetPage('Voltage'. if (aPage) { ! Arrange the VIs horizontally aPage. int log) Sets scale of x-axis.SetXVar().SetResults void SetVipage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). Arguments: double min (optional) : Minimum of x-scale.SetResults(NULL).

if (aPage) { ! Set minimum and maximum aPage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. ! Look for opened graphics board. } } in the toolbar of the graphic. ! perform autoscale of y-axis of all plots on page object aPage.DoAutoScaleY(). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aGrf.20). ! Set default x-scale object aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1000.GetPage('Voltage'.GetPage('Voltage'. 2.SetScaleX(0. ! Look for opened graphics board. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.1). object aGrf. There are three different examples.SetDefScaleX () Sets default scale of x-axis (SetDesktop). Also see VisPlot Methods SetVipage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.1).SetDefScaleX void SetVipage.SetAutoScaleX file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. Changes to a log. 1. object aPage. 3.DoAutoScaleX int SetVipage. ! Look for opened graphics board. object aGrf.1). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). ! Look for opened graphics board. } } ! Set minimum and maximum without changing map modeobject aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1).DoAutoScaleY int SetVipage. } } ! Set minimum and maximum.DoAutoScaleX () Scales the x-axes of all plots on the virtual instrument panel automatically. The same can be achieved by pressing the icon Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a page named voltage and performs an automatic scaling of the x-axes. Example: Set minimum to 0 and maximum to 20. object aGrf. Example: Set minimum to 1 and maximum to 1000. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and resets the option 'Use local x-Axis' to 0. scale aPage.GetPage('Voltage'. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage.GetPage('Voltage'. ! Look for opened graphics board. The same can be achieved by pressing the icon Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a page named voltage and performs an automatic scaling of the y-axes. change to log.DoAutoScaleY () Scales the y-axes of all plots on the virtual instrument panel automatically. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage.1). set map mode to log. object aGrf. After that the x-scale used is the Graphics Board (SetDesktop).SetScaleX(1. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aPage) { aPage. if (aPage) { ! Automatic scaling aPage.SetDefScaleX(). object aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'.1).1).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 130 of 150 Example: The following examples look for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and set its x-axis scale. object aPage. if (aPage) { ! Set minimum and maximum.GetPage('Voltage'. ! perform autoscale of x-axis of all plots on page object aPage. Example: Scale x-scale automatically.SetScaleX(). scale ! Scale x-scale automatically.htm 07/10/2011 . if (aPage) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' aPage. Also see VisFft Methods VisPlot Methods SetDesktop Methods SetVipage. } } in the toolbar of the graphic.DoAutoScaleX(). if (aPage) { aPage.

! Look for opened graphics board.3).SetDefScaleX().SetAutoScaleX(2). } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aPage) { ! Set limits to change x-scale of page to used scale aPage. } } ! Try to turn on adapt scale object aPage.htm 07/10/2011 . object aScale.SetAdaptX(1. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 off.SetScaleX(0. 1 on double trigger (optional) : Trigger value.'). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.10). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().3). do not change the trigger value aPage. ! Modify adapt scale option of Virtual Instrument Panel object aPage.GetPage('Voltage'. ! Set autoscale mode Off object aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'.SetDefScaleX().SetAdaptX(1. object aScale. ! Used scale is Graphics Board object aPage. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aPage) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Virtual Instrument Panel aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). double trigger) Sets the adapt scale option of the x-scale for local scales. object aGrf. } } } ! Used scale is Virtual Instrument Panel itself object aPage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. } else { output('The scale used was not found.GetScaleObjX object SetVipage. if (aPage) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Virtual Instrument Panel aPage. if (aPage) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Virtual Instrument Panel aPage.SetAutoScaleX(0). 2 during simulation Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and change its auto scale mode. object aGrf.3). object aGrf. ! Turn off adapt scale aPage.1). ! Turn on adapt scale.1).GetPage('Voltage'.SetAdaptX(1).DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 131 of 150 void SetVipage. } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) SetVipage. Example: The following examples look for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and get the used x-scale object.20).aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). the second one generates an error message because the x-scale is unused.GetPage('Voltage'. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.SetAdaptX(0. ! Try to turn on adapt scale. in the second one the Virtual Instrument Panel itself is returned. if (aPage) { ! Set x-scale limits to set option 'Use local x-Axis' aPage.1).SetAdaptX (int mode. object aPage. Arguments: none Return value: Object defining the x-scale. The first example works fine.1). 1 after simulation.SetScaleX(0. the second one generates an error message because the x-scale is unused. GetScaleObjX of the first example gets the Graphics Board. use a trigger value of 3 aPage.SetDefScaleX(). The returned object is either the Virtual Instrument Panel itself or the Graphics Board. ! Look for opened graphics board.').GetPage('Voltage'. The first example works fine.SetAdaptX void SetVipage.GetScaleObjX().').1). ! Turn off automatic scaling of x-scale aPage. ! Look for opened graphics board.GetScaleObjX () Returns used object defining x-scale. unused if mode is off or empty Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and sets its adapt scale option. ! Look for opened graphics board. } else if (aGrf=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Graphics Board. if (aPage=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Virtual Instrument Panel itself. } } ! Try to set autoscale mode to online object aGrf.SetAutoScaleX (int mode) Sets automatic scaling mode of the x-scale for local scales. use a trigger value of 3 ! Leads to error message because scale is not local aPage. object aPage. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 never. ! Look for opened graphics board. ! Try to set automatic scaling of x-scale to Online aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPage. ! Turn on adapt scale again. object aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().

if (aPlot) { ! Clear variable list aPlot.GetVI('RST'.GetPage('Voltage'..DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 132 of 150 if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. Arguments: object O (obligatory) : Object for which variables V1.O8) void VisPlot.'m:phiu1:bus1'). line.10.GetPage('Voltage'.O8 object O1. object O1.. else output('The scale used was not found.Clear(). ! Look for opened graphics board.AddVars('m:U1:bus1'.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent..digsilent.O8 (obligatory) : One to eight objects variable V Return value: none Using AddVars a single object with different variables or one variable with several objects can be add to the Subplot. object aPlot.'m:U1l:bus1'. string V1. ! therefore they are not defined here.. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().'). ! therefore it is not defined here ! Look for opened graphics board.'VisPlot'. if (aPage) { ! Set x-scale to change it to local aPage. if (aPlot) { ! Clear variable list aPlot. object aScale.V8 are added string V1. Example: Append one variable for a list of objects.de H. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. ! objects load.AddVars(load. } } } ! Append several objects with one single variable object aPage. xnet). } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. To append a list of variables of a single object the first input parameter is an object followed by a list of maximum nine variables. Example: Append several variables for one single object. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aPlot.GetVI('RST'.V8) Appends variables to the SubPlot..1).'). } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) DIgSILENT GmbH www. object aScale.GetScaleObjX()..AddVars void VisPlot.AddVars (string V. Variables which are already in the plot are not added.GetPage('Voltage'.AddVars (object O..line and xnet are interface parameters. To append the same variable for several objects the first input parameter is the variable name followed by a list of maximum nine objects. 1.1).Clear().'). ! Append several variables for one single object. 2. ! Note: object load is an interface parameter.htm 07/10/2011 .100).1)..1). ! Append variables aPlot. ! Append variables aPlot..V8 (obligatory) : One to eight variables names for object O or string V (obligatory) : Variable name which is added for objects O1. ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPage.load. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. object aPage..2 VisPlot/VisPlot2 Methods AddVars AddResVars Clear SetXVar SetScaleX SetScaleY SetDefScaleX SetDefScaleY DoAutoScaleX DoAutoScaleY DoAutoScaleY2 SetAutoScaleX SetAutoScaleY SetAdaptX SetAdaptY GetScaleObjX GetScaleObjY SetCrvDesc VisPlot.'VisPlot'.SetScaleX(1. if (aPage=aScale) output('The scale used is the Virtual Instrument Panel itself. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. object aGrf. else if (aGrf=aScale) output('The scale used is the Graphics Board. Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named RST on Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and append a list of variables. object aGrf.1).. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. 'm:U1:bus1'.

if (aPage) { ! Get Subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. int log (optional) : > 0 --> x-scale is logarithmic.SetXVar(line. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aPlot) { ! Remove all variables from Subplot aPlot. string V1. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.AddResVars (object Res.SetScaleX void VisPlot.O7) void VisPlot. Arguments: double min (optional) : Minimum of x-scale.SetXVar void VisPlot. object aGrf. ! Look for opened graphics board. VisPlot. Arguments: object obj (optional) : x-axis object string varname (optional) : variable of obj Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named RST and set its x-axis variable...GetPage('Voltage'. Arguments: object Res (obligatory) : Result object plus object O (obligatory) : Object for which variables V1.'VisPlot'.GetVI('RST'.1). if (aPlot) { ! Set x-scale from 100 to 120 aPlot.1). ! Look for opened graphics board.'VisPlot'.SetScaleX(100. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.. ! Remove all variables in Subplot named RST on ! Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage object aPage. Invalid arguments like negative limits for logarithmic scale are not set..GetVI('RST'.SetXVar(). } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. if (aPage) { ! Get Subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. Return value: none file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB... object O1. ! Set default x-scale variable (time) aPlot. int log) Sets scale of x-axis..Clear().Clear void VisPlot.1). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). string V. If obj and varname are empty the default x-axis variable (time) is set. object aGrf. string varname) Sets x-axis variable. double max.1).O8 (obligatory) : One to eight objects variable V Return value: none See "AddResVars'' for more information.SetScaleX (double min. The first example sets an user defined x-axis variable of the plot. object aGrf.120).V7) Appends variables from a specific result file to the SubPlot.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 133 of 150 VisPlot.V8 (obligatory) : One to eight variables names for object O or string V (obligatory) : Variable name which is added for objects O1.O8 object O1.Clear() Removes all variables from SubPlot.htm 07/10/2011 . ! Set x-scale variable aPlot.AddResVars (object Res. object aPlot.V8 are added string V1.1). } } } ! Set default x-axis variable (time) object aPage. Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Subplot named RST on Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage and removes all variables from the plot. if (aPlot) { ! Set x-scale from 100 to 120 aPlot. object aPlot.GetPage('Voltage'. No arguments --> automatic scaling.GetVI('RST'.. if (aPage) { ! Get Subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage..AddResVars void VisPlot. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot.'m:U1:bus1'). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aPlot. ! Look for opened graphics board.120).1). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. The second one sets the default x-axis variable (time)..SetScaleX(100.GetPage('Voltage'.'VisPlot'. Combinations of result file and variables which are already in the plot are not added..SetXVar (object obj. object O. ! Set user defined x-axis variable object aPage. double max (optional) : Maximum of x-scale.

if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. object aPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.SetScaleY void VisPlot.'VisPlot'. ! Look for opened graphics board. 2. object aGrf. set map mode to log. if (aPlot) { ! Set minimum and maximum. object aPlot.1). 3. After that the x-scale used is the Graphics Board (SetDesktop) or the Virtual file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. object aGrf. object aPage. } } } ! Set minimum and maximum without changing map mode object aPage.1).1). Example: Perform auto scaling on y-Axis. object aPlot. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot.'VisPlot'. int log) Sets scale of y-axis. scale aPlot. Changes to a log.SetScaleY().GetPage('Voltage'.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 134 of 150 Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' and set its x-scale. Example: Set minimum to 1 and maximum to 1000. Changes to a log. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. ! Look for opened graphics board.aGrf=GetGraphBoard().SetScaleX(0. if (aPlot) { ! Set minimum and maximum aPlot.SetScaleX (double min. } } } ! Set minimum and maximum. There are three different examples.1). object aPlot.SetScaleX().1). scale ! Automatic scaling of y-scale object aPage. if (aPlot) { ! Set minimum and maximum aPlot. 2. if (aPlot) { ! Automatic scaling aPlot.1000.SetDefScaleX () Sets default scale of x-axis (SetDesktop or SetVipage).1). if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. No arguments --> automatic scaling. object aPage.20). ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.object aPlot.GetVI('RST'. ! Look for opened graphics board. scale ! Automatic scaling of x-scale object aPage.1).SetScaleY(1. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.1). 1.GetPage('Voltage'.SetScaleY(0. 3.GetPage('Voltage'. if (aPlot) { ! Automatic scaling aPlot. Example: Set minimum to 0 and maximum to 20. Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Subplot named 'RST' and sets the option 'Use local x-Axis' to 0.1000. set map mode to log.'VisPlot'.GetPage('Voltage'. change to log. if (aPlot) { ! Set minimum and maximum. Example: Perform auto scaling on x-axis. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. change to log scale aPlot. ! Look for opened graphics board. ! Look for opened graphics board.GetPage('Voltage'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). Example: Set minimum to 0 and maximum to 20. There are three different examples. int log (optional) : > 0 --> y-scale is logarithmic. 1.1).GetPage('Voltage'. Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' and set its y-axis scale.'VisPlot'. object aGrf.GetVI('RST'.1). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.'VisPlot'. Arguments: double min (optional) : Minimum of y-scale. object aPlot.GetVI('RST'. Invalid arguments like negative limits for logarithmic scale are not set.1).htm 07/10/2011 .20). double max (optional) : Maximum of y-scale.GetVI('RST'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aGrf.1). object aGrf. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.1). object aGrf. } } } ! Set minimum and maximum without changing map mode object aPage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. Example: Set minimum to 1 and maximum to 1000.GetVI('RST'.SetScaleX(1. } } } ! Set minimum and maximum. double max.GetVI('RST'.'VisPlot'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1).SetDefScaleX void VisPlot. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().

if (aPlot) { ! perform automatic scaling now iFailed = aPlot. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. int iFailed. This command works for the plot VisPlot.GetPage('Voltage'. ! perform autoscale of x-axis object aPage.DoAutoScaleX int VisPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.GetVI('RST'.'VisPlot'.DoAutoScaleY () Scales the y-axis of the plot automatically. printf('Could not scale y-axis').1). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. VisFft and VisPlot2. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' aPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. VisHrm.GetVI('RST'. if (iFailed > 0) { ! just to demonstrate the return value. printf('Could not scale x-axis'). object aPlot. The function works for local y-scales only.1). object aGrf. object aPlot. iFailed=1. ! Look for opened graphics board. object aPlot.1). Arguments: none Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Subplot named 'RST' and sets its option 'Use local y-Axis' to 0.GetPage('Voltage'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1).DoAutoScaleX () Scales the x-axis of the plot automatically.1). ! Look for opened graphics board.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 135 of 150 Instrument Panel (SetVipage).DoAutoScaleY().'VisPlot'.SetDefScaleY void VisPlot. } } } } Also see VisFft Methods SetViPage Methods SetDesktop Methods VisPlot.'VisPlot'. This command works for the plot VisPlot.DoAutoScaleY int VisPlot. After that the y-scale used is the Plot Type (IntPlot). 1 on error. ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' object aPage. VisHrm and VisPlot2. ! Look for opened graphics board. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. iFailed=1. If the x-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function. if (aPlot) { ! perform automatic scaling now iFailed = aPlot.1). if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' aPlot. ! perform autoscale of y-axis object aPage. If the y-scale is not local a warning is shown in the output window and 1 is returned by the function. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. object aGrf. Example: The following example looks for a subplot named 'RST' and performs an automatic scaling. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. object aGrf. ! Look for opened graphics board. } } } } file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.1).'VisPlot'.htm 07/10/2011 . if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. The function works for local x-scales only. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aGrf.DoAutoScaleX().SetDefScaleY(). 1 on error.SetDefScaleY () Sets default scale of y-axis (IntPlot). object aPlot. Example: The following example looks for a subplot named 'RST' and performs an automatic scaling. ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' object aPage.GetPage('Voltage'.GetVI('RST'.SetDefScaleX(). if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.1). if (iFailed > 0) { ! just to demonstrate the return value.GetVI('RST'. int iFailed. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'.

if (aPlot) { ! Set limits to change x-scale of page to used scale aPlot. printf('Could not scale y2-axis'). object aPlot. } } } } Also see SetViPage Methods VisPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. object aGrf.GetVI('RST'.SetAutoScaleY (int mode) Sets automatic scaling mode of the y-scale for local scales.GetVI('RST'.GetVI('RST'. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Subplot aPlot. ! Try to set automatic scaling of x-scale to Online aPlot.1).SetAutoScaleX void VisPlot. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. 2 during simulation Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Subplot named 'RST' and change its auto scale mode.SetScaleY(0. In any other case a warning is produced and the function returns 1.SetScaleX(0. 1 after simulation.SetAutoScaleX(2). if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.DoAutoScaleY2 () Scales the second y-axis of the plot automatically. ! Set autoscale mode of y-scale to off object aPage.1). object aPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'.GetPage('Voltage'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().DoAutoScaleY2 int VisPlot2.'VisPlot'.GetPage('Voltage'. ! perform autoscale of y2-axis object aPage. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 never. Example: The following example looks for a subplot named 'RST' and performs an automatic scaling. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.GetVI('RST'.10). if (aPlot) { ! perform automatic scaling now iFailed = aPlot. } } } ! Try to set autoscale mode of y-scale to online object aPage. ! Look for opened Graphics Board.10).SetAutoScaleX (int mode) Sets automatic scaling mode of the x-scale for local scales. 1 after simulation.'VisPlot'.aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aGrf.SetAutoScaleY(0).SetAutoScaleY void VisPlot. the second one generates an error message because the x-scale is unused.SetDefScaleX(). iFailed=1. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. if (aPlot) { ! Set limits to change y-scale of page to used scale aPlot. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. The first example works fine.1). ! Look for opened Graphics Board. object aGrf. the second one generates an error message because the y-scale is unused. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (iFailed > 0) { ! just to demonstrate the return value.'VisPlot'. object aPlot.htm 07/10/2011 . 2 during simulation Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Subplot named 'RST' and change its auto scale mode. } } } ! Try to set autoscale mode of x-scale to online object aPage. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. ! Look for opened graphics board. object aGrf. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 never. The function works if the y-Axis is enabled and uses the local y-scale settings. ! Turn off automatic scaling of x-scale aPlot. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). The first example works fine.1). 1 on error.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 136 of 150 Also see SetViPage Methods VisPlot2. ! Set autoscale mode of x-scale to off object aPage.SetAutoScaleX(0).1). object aPlot. ! Turn off automatic scaling of y-scale aPlot. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.1). Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. int iFailed.1). object aGrf.1).GetPage('Voltage'. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'.DoAutoScaleY2().'VisPlot2'.1). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aPlot.

! Turn off adapt scale aPlot.20).object aPlot.1). object aPlot. if (aPlot) { ! Set x-scale limits to set option 'Use local x-Axis' aPlot.'VisPlot'. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 off. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.1). Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. ! Turn off adapt scale aPlot. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). ! Look for opened Graphics Board. ! Turn on adapt scale again. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. object aGrf.3). if (aPlot) { ! Set y-scale limits to set option 'Use local y-Axis' aPlot. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.1).SetAdaptX(1.SetAdaptY (int mode. use a trigger value of 3 aPlot.3). unused if mode is off or empty Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' and change its adapt scale option. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.SetAdaptX(1).SetDefScaleX(). use a trigger value of 3 ! Leads to error message because scale is not local aPlot. ! Try to turn on adapt scale. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Subplot aPlot. object aGrf. object aGrf.SetAdaptX (int mode. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().SetScaleY(0.htm 07/10/2011 .'VisPlot'. object aPlot. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. } } } ! Try to turn on adapt scale for y-scale object aPage.SetAdaptY(0. object aPlot.GetVI('RST'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().GetVI('RST'. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.GetPage('Voltage'.SetAdaptY void VisPlot. 1 on double trigger (optional) : Trigger value.SetAdaptY(1).GetVI('RST'. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot.3). use a trigger value of 3 ! Leads to error message because scale is not local aPlot.1). the second one generates an error message because the y-scale is unused.GetPage('Voltage'.20).GetPage('Voltage'. The first example works fine. 1 on double trigger (optional) : Offset.1).3). ! Modify adapt scale option of Subplot object aPage. ! Turn on adapt scale.1).3).aGrf=GetGraphBoard().'VisPlot'. ! Look for opened Graphics Board.SetAutoScaleY(2). ! Turn on adapt scale again. object aGrf. use a trigger value of 3 aPlot.'VisPlot'. } } } ! Try to turn on adapt scale of x-scale object aPage. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of Subplot aPlot.GetPage('Voltage'.SetAdaptY(1.GetScaleObjX object VisPlot.GetVI('RST'. ! Try to set automatic scaling of y-scale to Online aPlot.GetScaleObjX () Returns used object defining x-scale.1). double offset) Sets the adapt scale option of the y-scale for local scales. The returned object is the Subplot itself. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. ! Turn on adapt scale.1). The first example works fine.SetAdaptX(1.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 137 of 150 if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. do not change the trigger value aPlot.SetDefScaleY().1).SetAdaptX void VisPlot. ! Modify adapt scale option of Subplot object aPage. unused if mode is off or empty Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' and change its adapt scale option of the y scale.SetScaleX(0. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.SetDefScaleY(). the second one generates an error message because the x-scale is unused.'VisPlot'. Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 off.GetVI('RST'.SetAdaptY(1. do not change the trigger value aPlot. ! Look for opened Graphics Board.3). double trigger) Sets the adapt scale option of the x-scale for local scales. ! Look for opened Graphics Board. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of Subplot aPlot. ! Try to turn on adapt scale.SetAdaptX(0. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. the Virtual Instrument Panel or the Graphics Board.

} else if (aGrf=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Graphics Board.'VisPlot'. Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' and get the used x-scale object.GetVI('RST'. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.SetScaleX(1.SetDefScaleY().GetPage('Voltage'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1). Arguments: none Return value: Object defining the y-scale.'). } else { output('The scale used was not found. if (aPage) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Virtual Instrument Panel aPage.GetScaleObjX(). if (aPlot=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Subplot itself. if (aScale=aPlot) { output('The y-scale used is the Subplot itself. object aPlot. ! Look for opened graphics board. object aScale. object aPlot. object aGrf.SetDefScaleX(). } else if (aPage=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Virtual Instrument Panel.htm 07/10/2011 .100). } } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot. } } } } ! Used scale is Subplot itself object aPage.GetScaleObjX(). } else if (aGrf=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Graphics Board. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. } } } } ! Used Scale is Subplot itself object aPage.'). object aGrf.1). Example: Used scale is Subplot itself.'). ! Used scale is Graphics Board object aPage.GetPage('Voltage'.SetScaleX(1.'). if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.1). object aScale. } else if (aGrf=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Graphics Board.'VisPlot'. There are three different examples.').').1).SetDefScaleX().'). } else { output('The y-scale used is the Plot Type. 1.1). 2. if (aPlot) { ! Set x-scale of Subplot to change it to local aPlot. ! Look for opened graphics board. Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' and get the used y-scale object.1).GetScaleObjY () Returns used object defining y-scale. ! Look for opened graphics board.100).'VisPlot'. The returned object is either the Subplot itself or the Plot Type (IntPlot).'). ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPlot. 1. Example: Used scale is Subplot itself. if (aPlot=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Subplot itself.GetVI('RST'. ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.').'). object aScale. There are three different examples. if (aPage) { ! Set x-scale to change it to local aPage.'). } else if (aPage=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Virtual Instrument Panel. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of Subplot aPlot. ! Used scale is Plot Type object aPage. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Subplot aPlot.SetDefScaleX(). Example: Used scale is Virtual Instrument Panel 3. object aPlot. if (aPage) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Virtual Instrument Panel aPage.'). Example: Used scale is Plot Type. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.'VisPlot'. } else if (aPage=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Virtual Instrument Panel. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local x-Axis' of Subplot aPlot. } else { output('The scale used was not found. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. } else { output('The scale used was not found.1).GetVI('RST'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().GetVI('RST'.'). object aPlot.GetPage('Voltage'. ! Look for opened graphics board. } } } } ! Used Scale is Virtual Instrument Panel object aPage. object aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'. Example: Used scale is Graphics Board 2.1).GetScaleObjX(). ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.aGrf=GetGraphBoard().'). if (aPlot=aScale) { output('The scale used is the Subplot itself.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 138 of 150 none Return value: Object defining the x-scale. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().GetScaleObjY object VisPlot.GetScaleObjY(). ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPlot. ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPlot. object aScale. ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. object aGrf.SetDefScaleX().

GetScaleObjY().de H. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.GetVI('RST'. ! Get object defining scale aScale=aPlot.GetPage('Voltage'.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. if (aScale=aPlot) { output('The y-scale used is the Subplot itself.SetCrvDesc(2.SetScaleY void IntPlot.1).'VisFft'.SetScaleY(1.'Angle'). No arguments --> automatic scaling.. ! therefore it is not defined here! Look for opened graphics board.GetVI('RST'. string desc1].digsilent. ! Append variables aPlot. } else { output('The y-scale used is the Plot Type. object aPlot.3 VisFft Methods DoAutoScaleX VisFft.DoAutoScaleX(). Arguments: double min (optional) : Minimum of y-scale. The first variable's description remains unchanged.. Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST' sets the description for the curves defined in row two and three. string desc [. int log) Sets scale of y-axis.) Sets the description of curves starting at curve number 'index'. } } } Also see VisPlot Methods and SetViPage Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.'VisPlot'.AddVars(load.10. double max. if (aPlot) { ! Clear variable list aPlot. if (aPlot) { ! Set x-scale of Subplot to change it to local aPlot. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.').. object aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aGrf. file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.SetCrvDesc (int index.Clear().SetCrvDesc object VisPlot. ! perform autoscale of x-axis object aPage. object aPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. ! Set description of row 2 and 3 aPlot.htm 07/10/2011 . Arguments: int index (obligatory) : Row of first curve to change the description.'Line-Line Voltage'. string desc1 (optional) : Description to set for curve in row index+1. } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) DIgSILENT GmbH www.GetVI('RST'. A list of descriprions can be set.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 139 of 150 object aGrf. if (aPage) { ! Get FFT plot named 'FFT' aPlot=aPage.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. ! Modify descriptions object aPage. Arguments: none Return value: always 0 Example: The following example looks for a FFT-Plot named 'FFT' and performs an automatic scaling.'m:phiu1:bus1').'). Object defining the y-scale.DoAutoScaleX () Scales the x-axis of the fft plot automatically. The maximum is nsamples/2 or nsamples/2 x fundamental frequency. string desc (obligatory) : Description to set for curve in row index.1).GetPage('Voltage'.1). object aScale.'VisPlot'. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.'m:U1l:bus1'.aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). ! Note: object load is an interface parameter.digsilent.4 IntPlot Methods SetScaleY SetAutoScaleY SetAdaptY IntPlot. object aPlot.1). object aScale.GetPage('Voltage'. } } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) VisPlot.10. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.1). After scaling the x-axis automatically the x-scale minimum is 0.100). ! Look for opened graphics board.de H.DoAutoScaleX int VisFft. ! Look for opened graphics board.SetScaleY (double min. Invalid arguments like negative limits for logarithmic scale are not set. if (aPlot) { ! perform automatic scaling now aPlot.1). 'm:U1:bus1'. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().

object aScale. object aScale. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of subplot aPlot.SetAdaptY void IntPlot.20). Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 off.SetScaleY(0.SetAutoScaleY(1). aGrf=GetGraphBoard().1).GetPage('Voltage'. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.htm 07/10/2011 . } } } } ! Set minimum and maximum. 3. ! Get object defining scale (now IntPlot) aScale=aPlot. if (aScale) { ! Perform auto scaling aScale.SetDefScaleY(). ! Look for opened graphics board.'VisPlot'.1). object aGrf. ! Modify adapt scale option of Plot Type file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. int log (optional) : > 0 --> y-scale is logarithmic.GetScaleObjY(). if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of subplot aPlot.SetDefScaleY(). Arguments: int mode (obligatory) : Possible values: 0 never. Return value: none Example: The following example looks for a Subplot named 'RST' and set its y-axis scale. if (aScale) { ! Perform auto scaling aScale.GetVI('RST'. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of subplot aPlot. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. object aGrf.SetScaleY(). 0 --> y-scale is linear. object aScale. object aGrf.SetDefScaleY(). Example: Set minimum to 0 and maximum to 20.'VisPlot'.SetDefScaleY(). Example: Set minimum to 1 and maximum to 1000.GetVI('RST'. ! Get object defining scale (now IntPlot) aScale=aPlot. } } } } ! Set minimum and maximum without changing map mode object aPage. aGrf=GetGraphBoard().DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 140 of 150 double max (optional) : Maximum of y-scale.1). aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. 1 after simulation. There are three different examples. object aScale. object aPage. unused if mode is off or empty Return value: none Example: The following examples look for a Subplot named 'RST'. object aPlot.GetPage('Voltage'. double offset) Sets the adapt scale option of the y-scale. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf. Changes to a log. object aPlot.SetAutoScaleY (int mode) Sets automatic scaling mode of the y-scale. } } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) IntPlot. ! Get object defining scale (now IntPlot) aScale=aPlot.1). gets its Plot Type and changes the adapt scale option of the scale.GetPage('Voltage'.1). object aPlot.1). object aGrf. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). object aPlot. 2.SetAdaptY (int mode.'VisPlot'. ! Get object defining scale (now IntPlot) aScale=aPlot.'VisPlot'.SetScaleY(1.1). scale ! Automatic scaling of y-scale object aPage. set map mode to log.1). ! Look for opened graphics board.GetVI('RST'.GetScaleObjY(). ! Set autoscale option of Plot Type object aPage.GetScaleObjY().1).GetScaleObjY(). Example: Perform auto scaling on y-Axis. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.GetPage('Voltage'.SetAutoScaleY void IntPlot. 2 during simulation Return value: none Example: The following example sets the auto scale mode of the Plot Type to On. if (aScale) { ! Perform auto scaling aScale. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. ! Look for opened graphics board.1000. 1. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage. } } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) IntPlot.GetVI('RST'. ! Look for opened graphics board. if (aScale) { ! Set auto scale option to on aScale. 1 on double offset (optional) : Offset. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of subplot aPlot.

'VisPlot'.SetAdaptY(1.2 IntMon Methods PrintVal Prints the values of the selected variables PrintAllVal Prints a description for all variables NVars returns the number of selected variables GetVar Returns the n'th selected variable name RemoveVar De-selects a variable ClearVars Clears the selected variable names AddVar Selects a variable name IntMon. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntVariant.htm 07/10/2011 . 1 on error. ! Turn on adapt scale.SetDefScaleY().PrintVal () Prints the values of the selected variables to the output window. do not change the offset aScale. if (aPlot) { ! Reset option 'Use local y-Axis' of subplot aPlot.11. object aGrf.SetScaleY(0.de H.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 141 of 150 object aPage.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. if (aGrf) { ! Get Virtual Instrument Panel named Voltage aPage=aGrf.digsilent.SetAdaptY(0.11. ! Look for opened graphics board. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success.11 Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) IntVariant Methods IntMon Methods IntMat Methods IntVec Methods IntForm Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.de H. Arguments: none Return value: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Activate int IntVariant.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.Activate () Adds a variant to the active study case. use an offset of 3 aScale.3).de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.3). ! Turn off adapt scale aScale.1). if (aScale) { ! Set y-scale limits to set option 'Use local y-Axis' aScale.1 IntVariant Methods Activate Adds a variant to the active study case Deactivate Removes a variant from the active study case IntVariant.de H.Deactivate () Removes a variant from the active study case. aGrf=GetGraphBoard(). ! Turn on adapt scale again.1).GetVI('RST'.GetScaleObjY().GetPage('Voltage'. ! Get object defining scale (now IntPlot) aScale=aPlot. object aPlot.20).PrintVal void IntMon. object aScale.Deactivate int IntVariant. 1 on error.SetAdaptY(1).digsilent. } } } } Also see Methods for Additional Objects (Int*) DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent. if (aPage) { ! Get subplot named 'RST' aPlot=aPage.

AddVar int IntMon. Arguments: none Return value: none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMon. Return value: none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www. 0 otherwise. Arguments: none Return value: The number of selected variables.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.NVars int IntMon. Arguments: The variable name.de H.GetVar string IntMon.3 IntMat Methods Get Returns the (row. Arguments: none Return value: none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMon. col) value file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.digsilent. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMon.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 142 of 150 none See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMon. which should contain one variable name per line. more exact.RemoveVar (string name) Removes the variable "name'' from the list of selected variable names. the number of lines in the variable selection text on the second page of the IntMon dialogue.GetVar (int row) Returns the variable name on the given row of the variable selection text on the second page of the IntMon dialogue.htm 07/10/2011 . Arguments: The variable name. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMon.AddVar (string name) Appends the variable "name'' to the list of selected variable names.ClearVars int IntMon.PrintAllVal void IntMon.11.ClearVars () Clears the list of selected variable names. Return value: 1 when the variable name was not found.NVars () Returns the number of selected variables or. Arguments: none Return value: The variable name. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMon.PrintAllVal () Prints a description for all available variables to the output window.RemoveVar int IntMon. which should contain one variable name per line.

Init (int NRows.Set(r. int NCols) Initializes the matrix.Set int IntMat.0.NCols().s. while (c<=s2c) { z=1. An run-time error will occur when 'row' or 'col' are out of range.Get(x. Nr = Mat. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMat.Nr.NRows().NCol().DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 143 of 150 Set Set the value at position (row.col) Init Initializes the matrix Resize Resizes the matrix NRow Returns the number of rows in the matrix NCol Returns the number of columns in the matrix RowLbl Sets the label of the R'th row ColLbl Sets the label of the C'th column IntMat. Existing values will not be changed.htm 07/10/2011 . v2=M2.v).s2c.} s1r = M1.or. v=0. Arguments: int NRows (obligatory) : number of rows int NCols (obligatory) : number of columns Return value: 0 on success Example: See IntMat.Get(z.NCol() Return value: Value in matrix.Init(s1r.Get double IntMat. Example: The following example multiplies two matrices int r.NRow int IntMat.col) in the matrix to V. col) value from the matrix.Resize (int NRows. r=1. M3. s2c = M2.s1r.{y>Nc}) { Mat.y. int NCols) Resizes the matrix. double V) Set the value at position (row.. Nc = Mat.x. x=5. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMat. if ({x>Nr}. Added values will be set to 0. z+=1.y=3. } M3.Resize int IntMat.Get for an example. all values are set to 0. while (r<=s1r) { c=1.y). } v = Mat. c+=1.Set (int row. Arguments: int row (obligatory) : row number: 1.NCols() double Vj (obligatory) : value Return value: 0 on success Example: See IntMat.Resize(x. NCols).Init int IntMat.NCol(). if (s<>r) {exit(). } r+=1. The size is set to (NRows. The function "NRow()'' replaces the obsolete function "SizeX()''.NRow().z).NRows() int col (obligatory) : col number: 1. v+=v1*v2. Arguments: file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB..c.v2.v.Get(r. int Nc. Arguments: int NRows (obligatory) : number of rows int NCols (obligatory) : number of columns Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example gets a value from the matrix..NRow() int col (obligatory) : column in matrix: 1.c.Get (int row. IntMat. while (z<=s) { v1=M1.NRow () Returns the number of rows in the matrix. r = M2. IntMat.y).s2c).NRow().. int col) Returns the (row.c).Get for an example. s = M1. The matrix is automatically resized if necessary. possibly resizing it first. Arguments: int row (obligatory) : row in matrix: 1. double v1. int col.z.

int C) Sets or reads the label of the C'th column. The following example assigns the label of the first row to the string aLabel string aLabel. Arguments: none Return value: The number of columns Example: See IntMat.2). The following example assigns the label of the first column to the string aLabel string aLabel.4 IntVec Methods Get Returns the value at index i Set Sets the value at index i Init Initializes the vector Resize Resizes the vector Size Returns the size of the vector IntVec.Get(i). file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Get double IntVec. } Vec3. j = Vec2.RowLbl('overloaded'. aLabel = Mat.digsilent.Get (int i) Returns the value at index i.1).RowLbl('overvoltage'. while (i<=j) { v1 = Vec1. int i. Mat. Mat.1). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntMat. Mat.NCol () Returns the number of columns in the matrix.ColLbl(1). Return value: Value at index i.Get for an example.Get(i). IntMat. exit(). int R) Sets or reads the label of the R'th row. required to set the label int R (obligatory) : Number of the row Return value: Assigned or read labelstring Example: The following example labels some rows.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 144 of 150 none Return value: The number of rows Example: See IntMat.ColLbl('lines'.Init(i).ColLbl string IntMat.ColLbl('transformers'. The function "NCol()'' replaces the obsolete function "SizeY()''.3). Mat.htm 07/10/2011 . aLabel = Mat.RowLbl string IntMat.RowLbl(1).Size(). See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods DIgSILENT GmbH www.RowLbl('undervoltage'.3).11. v2 = Vec2.RowLbl (String S.Size(). IntMat. Arguments: String S (optional) : Labelstring.de H.j.Get for an example.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. i=1. Arguments: String S (optional) : Labelstring int C (obligatory) : Number of the column Return value: Assigned or read labelstring Example: The following example labels some columns. Arguments: int i (obligatory) : Vector index.ColLbl('busbars'. Mat. i = Vec1.2). Mat. double v1. Example: The following example adds two vectors.v2.ColLbl (String S. if (i<>j) { output('invalid operation').NCol int IntMat.

s = Vec.v1+v2).Get for an example.. Arguments: none Return value: The size of the vector Example: See IntVec. IntVec.SetText (String Text) Sets the format text of a report form.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 145 of 150 Vec3.Set double IntVec.de H. double V) Sets the value at index i to V.. Arguments: int i (obligatory) : Vector index. Valid indexes are in [1. i+=1..0.V). fill SLines and SLoads . Sets the length to Size and all values to 0.SLoads.loc_name. IntVec. int i.s.Resize(i). See also IntForm. } See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntVec. Arguments: String Text (obligatory) : The format text string Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example sets a format string and writes the report for two sets set SLines. double V (obligatory) : The value to set.Size int IntVec. . i = 5.5 IntForm Methods SetText Sets the format text WriteOut Write the report to the output window IntForm.WriteOut See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.Size () Returns the size of the vector.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.Resize (int Size) Resizes the vector. Added values are set to 0.Set (int i.htm 07/10/2011 . Return value: 0 on success Example: See IntVec.Size()]._EXTERNAL |# #.Get for an example.WriteOut(SLines.# |$N. See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods IntVec. OvlReport.Size().Init int IntVec. DIgSILENT GmbH www. SLoads).Set(i. if (i>s) { Vec.11.SetText int IntForm.. Arguments: int Size (obligatory) : The initial size. Return value: 0 on success Example: See IntVec.Set(i. OvlReport. Arguments: none Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example adds a value to a dynamically scaled vector.SetText(' | Loading of lines: |$H $LOOP.Init (int Size) Initializes the vector.Resize int IntVec. } Vec. IntVec.loading $END ').Get for an example.

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 146 of 150

IntForm.WriteOut

int IntForm.WriteOut (set ListSet, set PoolSet, int Landscape) Write the report to the output window. The report form object will write a report to the output window, based on the format text, for the objects in the ListSet and the PoolSet. The ListSet is used in the _EXTERNAL macro. All format lines between the $LOOP,_EXTERNAL and the $END macro's will be written for each object in the Listset, which is therefore called the 'sequential set'. In the format text itself, objects from the PoolSet may be referenced directly by the "ACC(x)'' macro, which is replaced by the x'th object in the PoolSet. The PoolSet is therefore called the 'random access set'. The ListSet or PoolSet may be empty. The command object that is normally reached by the macro "DEF'' in report forms will always return the main DPL command that is running at the moment, even when the 'WriteOut' call is made in a DPL subscript. Arguments: Set ListSet (obligatory) : The sequential set of objects

Set PoolSet (optional) : The random access set of objects int Landscape (optional) : Sets the page orientation used to calculate the number of lines fitting on a printed page
0 = Portrait, 1 = Landscape; default: Landscape Return value: 0 on success Example: The following example reports the loading of a list of objects for a certain load condition. The objects for the loading are sequentially listed. The load conditions are reported for a special set of loads, which are given as a pool of objects.
set SLines,SLoads; ... fill SLines and SLoads ... OvlReport.WriteOut(SLines, SLoads);

If OvlReport has the following format string:
---------------------$H, | command : # |$H,DEF:loc_name | Load settings: |$H| # #.# |$H,ACC(2):loc_name,ACC(2):plini | # #.# |$H,ACC(3):loc_name,ACC(3):plini ---------------------$H, | Loading of lines: |$H $LOOP,_EXTERNAL |# #.# |$N,loc_name,loading $END ---------------------$F,

the following report could be the result:
---------------------| command : FindWL | | Load settings: | | Ld12a 3.43 | | Ld14b 2.52 | --------------------| Loading of lines: | | Ln1 95.6 | | Ln2 92.1 | | Ln3 90.4 | | Ln4 85.3 | | Ln5 84.7 | | Ln6 84.2 | | Ln7 82.6 | | Ln8 62.5 | ---------------------

See also IntForm.SetText See also General Object Functions and Methods Set Functions and Methods

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

H.12 DDE Functions
ddeOpen Establishes a DDE connection to a topic of an application. ddeClose Closes the DDE link. ddeExe Starts command in the current dde opened topic. ddePoke Sends data to an item in the currently opened DDE topic. ddeRequest Receives data from an item in a previously opened DDE topic. ddeOpen

int ddeOpen(string sPath, string sAppName, string sTopic) Establishes a DDE connection to a topic of an application. Arguments:

string sPath (obligatory) :Path to application to start. If empty ('') the application must be started manually by the user. If path is given, ddeOpen will start the application if it not already running. string sAppName (obligatory) : Application name. string sTopic (obligatory) : Topic; The topic of a DDE conversation can be either the name of a open document or the special topic "System". A document can be either a regular document in the application, a template, or a macro
Return value: 0 on success, != 0 on errors Example: The following example establishes a DDE connection to topic System of Excel and closes the connection if successfully established.
int ierr; ! open a DDE connection to Excel : ierr = ddeOpen(s, 'Excel', 'System'); if (.not.ierr) { ! ok, excel can be opened. ! ... ddeClose(); }

Also see ddeClose
ddeClose

void ddeClose() Closes the DDE link. Arguments:

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 147 of 150

none Return value: none Example: The following example establishes a DDE link to topic named 'System' of Excel and closes the connection if successfully established.
int ierr; ! open a DDE connection to Excel : ierr = ddeOpen(s, 'Excel', 'System'); if (.not.ierr) { ! ok, excel can be opened. ! ... ddeClose(); }

Also see ddeOpen
ddeExe

int ddeExe (string sCmd) Starts command in the currently opened topic. A command can be a visual basic command, too. Commands are usually sent to the topic named 'System'. Arguments:

string sCmd (obligatory): Command to execute
Return value: <0 if the dde connection was not established before calling ddeExe, =0 if ddeExe successfully executed, >0 if ddeExe failed Example: The following example looks for a sheet named 'Sheet1'. A new sheet is created if Sheet1 was not found. Then the DDE link to the page is established.
int ierr; ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'System'); if (.not.ierr) { ! excel can be opened. Now close and connect to a specific sheet ddeClose(); ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'Sheet1'); if (ierr) { Info('No Sheet1 yet, creating one...'); ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'System'); if (ierr) { printf('Cannot open DDE to Excel'); } else { ! create a new sheet ddeExe('[New(1)]'); ddeClose(); ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'Sheet1'); } } } if (ierr) { Error('Could not open DDE connection'); exit(); }

ddePoke

int ddePoke (string sItem, string sData) Sends data to an item in the currently opened DDE topic. Arguments:

string sItem: the item receiving the data. Examples for an item are a cell in excel or a named bookmark in word. string sData: the data to send.
Return value: <0 if the dde connection was not established before calling ddePoke, =0 if the ddePoke was successfully executed, >0: if the ddePoke failed. Example: The following example writes data to some cells on the worksheet named 'Sheet1' in Excel. It is assumed that Excel is already running when starting the dpl command.
int ierr, i; double x,y,z; string s,s1,s2; Warn('This example assumes an English Excel'); Warn('Other languages should translate the Excel commands'); Warn('like "concatenate"'); ! open a DDE connection to Sheet1 : ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'System'); if (.not.ierr) { ! excel can be opened. Now close and connect to a specific sheet ddeClose(); ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'Sheet1'); if (ierr) { Info('No Sheet1 yet, creating one...'); ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'System'); if (ierr) { printf('Cannot open DDE to Excel'); } else { ! create a new sheet ddeExe('[New(1)]'); ddeClose(); ierr = ddeOpen('', 'Excel', 'Sheet1'); } } } if (ierr) { Error('Could not open DDE connection'); exit(); } ! write some numbers x = 3; while (x<7) { y = 5; while (y<14) { z = x+y/100; s1 = sprintf('R%dC%d',x,y); s2 = sprintf('%f',z); ddePoke(s1,s2); ! poke the numbers in the sheet y+=1; } x+=1; }

Also see ddeRequest
ddeRequest

int ddeRequest (string sItem, string sStringData, double dNumVal) Receives data from an item in a previously opened DDE topic Arguments:

string sItem: The item. Examples for an item are a cell in excel or a named bookmark in word string sStringData:The data received from the topic as string (return value=2) double dNumVal:The data received from the topic as a number (if sStringData is a number, return value=2)
Return value: <0 if the dde connection was not established before calling ddeRequest, =0 if the ddeRequest failed, =1 if value is a number, =2 if value is a string. Example: The following is a small code fragment where data is read from an Excel sheet. The code fragment runs fine, in case that the currently opened DDE topic is an Excel sheet.
i = ddeRequest('R12C2',s,x); ! get the contents of a cel if (i=1) printf('%f', x); ! i=1 means a number i = ddeRequest('R5C2',s,x); if (i=2) printf('%s', s); ! i=2 means a string

Also see ddePoke

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

DIgSILENT PowerFactory

Page 148 of 150

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

Appendix I DSL Reference
DSL Standard Functions DSL Special Functions

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

I.1 DSL Standard Functions
Table I.1: Standard DSL Functions List function sin(x) cos(x) tan(x) asin(x) acos(x) atan(x) sinh(x) cosh(x) tanh(x) exp(x) ln(x) log(x) sqrt(x) sqr(x) pow (x,y) abs(x) min(x,y) max(x,y) modulo(x,y) trunc(x) frac(x) round(x) ceil(x) floor(x) time() pi() twopi() e() description sine cosine tangent arcsine arccosine arctangent hyperbolic sine hyperbolic cosine hyperbolic tangent exponential value natural logarithm log10 square root power of 2 power of y absolute value smaller value larger value remainder of x/y integral part fractional part closest integer smallest larger integer largest smaller integer current simulation time 3.141592... 6.283185... 2,718281... example sin(1.2)=0.93203 cos(1.2)=0.36236 tan(1.2)=2.57215 asin(0.93203)=1.2 acos(0.36236)=1.2 atan(2.57215)=1.2 sinh(1.5708)=2.3013 cosh(1.5708)=2.5092 tanh(0.7616)=1.0000 exp(1.0)=2.718281 ln(2.718281)=1.0 log(100)=2 sqrt(9.5)=3.0822 sqr(3.0822)=9.5 pow(2.5, 3.4)=22.5422 abs(-2.34)=2.34 min(6.4, 1.5)=1.5 max(6.4, 1.5)=6.4 modulo(15.6,3.4)=2 trunc(-4.58823)=-4.0000 frac(-4.58823)=-0.58823 round(1.65)=2.000 ceil(1.15)=2.000 floor(1.78)=1.000 time()=0.1234 pi()=3.141592... twopi()=6.283185... e()=2,718281...

All trigonometric functions use RADIANS.

DIgSILENT GmbH www.digsilent.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent.de

I.2 DSL Special Functions
lim lim (x, min, max) DSL Special Functions Nonlinear limiter function:

limstate limstate (x1, min, max) DSL Special Functions Nonlinear limiter function for creating limited integrators. Example:
x1. = xe/Ti; y = limstate(x1,min,max);

This was previously realized by using "select'' and "lim'' functions:
x1. = select( {x1>=max.and.xe>0} & .or.{x1<=min.and.xe<0}, 0, xe/Ti); y = lim(x1,min,max);

delay delay (x, Tdelay) DSL Special Functions Delay function. Stores the value x(Tnow) and returns the value x(Tnow-Tdelay). Tdelay in seconds and larger than 0.0. The expression Tdelay must evaluate to a time independent constant and may therefore only consist of constants and parameter variables. The expression x(t) may contain other functions. Example:
y = delay(xe + delay(x1, 1.0), 2.0)

Resetting a DSL model initializes its delay functions with x(Treset).

file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.htm

07/10/2011

if boolset=0 and boolreset=1 (RESET) remains unaltered in other situations. trigger. xc. xl represents the line value and xc the column of the matrix.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 149 of 150 select select (boolexpr. Please consider that the array has to be sorted in ascending order. Return value: The internal state: changes from 0 to 1. if boolexpr=0. Please consider that the array has to be sorted in ascending order.xc) of a two-dimensional array. 'target=ThisSlot name=ThisEvent dtime=delay value=val variable=var') Option 3: create and target specification event( Condition. if boolset=1 and boolreset=0 (SET) changes from 1 to 0. (HOLD) Initial value: boolset. if boolset=0 and boolreset=1 (RESET) remains unaltered in other situations. array_valve) invlapprox invlapprox (y. Example: t=time() y = sin(t) or y = sin(time()) file file (ascii-parm. 3. after Tdrop seconds remains unaltered in other situations. Tdrop) DSL Special Functions Logical pick-up-drop-off function useful for relays. expr) DSL Special Functions !OBSOLETE! Please use an ElmFile object in the composite model in stead. xc. 'create=ThisEvtType target=ThisSlot name=ThisEvent dtime=delay value=val variable=var') file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB. else returns the current value of x.8.htm 07/10/2011 . Return value: The internal state: changes from 0 to 1. for a duration of at least Tpick seconds changes from 1 to 0. Example: y = lapprox2(2. if boolset=1 and boolreset=0 (SET) changes from 1 to 0. matrix_cp) event Option 1: calling a predefined event in the DSL element event( Condition. matrix_iiii) DSL Special Functions Returns the spline approximation y=f(xl. aflipflop aflipflop (x. x. 3.5. Example: x1. array_iiii) DSL Special Functions Returns the spline approximation y=f(x). Tpick. lapprox2 lapprox2 (xl. y) DSL Special Functions Returns x if boolexpr is true. boolset. no create parameter event( Condition. trigger. Example: y = sapprox2(2. boolreset) DSL Special Functions Logical flip-flop function.5. 'name=ThisEvent dtime=delay value=val variable=var') Option 2: target specification. trigger.=select(T1>0. where f is defined by the matrix_iiii. array_iiii) DSL Special Functions Inverse lapprox with array. where f is defined by the array_iiii.7. where f is defined by the array_iiii. matrix_cp) sapprox sapprox (x. Returns the internal logical state: 0 or 1. Please consider that the array has to be sorted in ascending order. xe/T1. Example: y = sapprox(1. if boolexpr=1.7.xc) of a two-dimensional array. flipflop flipflop (boolset. array_valve) sapprox2 sapprox2 (xl. array_iiii) DSL Special Functions Returns the linear approximation y=f(x). where f is defined by the matrix_iiii . The initial condition boolset=boolreset=1 will cause an error message. (HOLD) lapprox lapprox (x. picdro picdro (boolexpr. boolreset) DSL Special Functions 'Analog' flip-flop function. 0. matrix_iiii) DSL Special Functions Returns the linear approximation y=f(xl. Example: y = lapprox(1.8. Returns the (old) value for x at SET-time if internal state=1.0) !to avoid division by zero time time () DSL Special Functions Returns the current simulation time. xl represents the line value and xc the column of the matrix. else y. Return value: The internal state: changes from 0 to 1. Returns the internal logical state: 0 or 1.

digsilent. The variable named xclock will be reset to value val=0 within dtime=0.. The string format determines the details of the event call. string ThisSlot (mandatory. and which of the three options above applies: string ThisEvtType (mandatory.'name=this .yo. . inc(xclock)=0 inc(clockout)=0 xclock.umin-u. which will enable the execution of the event. The event is executed. double var (optional) Parameter to which the value is set (only when 'name=this' is set or when a parameter event is created). Return value: void (no return value) Remark: If the event()-definition according to options 2/3 is used.') which automatically creates and configures a parameter event. double delay (obligatory) Delay time of the event after triggering. If 'name=this' is set. event(1. only options 2 and 3) If 'target=this' is defined. The element in the slot 'Load' will be disconnected with a swicth event 'EvtSwitch'. if Condition is set to 1.de file://C:\Documents and Settings\sesa157733\Configuración local\Temp\~hh3EFB.'create=EvtSwitch name=TripLoad target=Load') DIgSILENT GmbH www. double val (optional) Value of the parameter event (only when 'name=this' is set or when a parameter event is created). only option 3) Type of event to be created. when the signal 'u-umin' becomes positive. a parameter event will be created and executed automatically with the DSL element itself as the target.to + with a time delay of dtime.-1) event(enable. if the integrator output xclock is larger than 1. Mind: the event command has changed from DSL level 3 to level 4! Arguments: int Condition (obligatory) Boolean expression to activate (=1) or deactivate (=0) the event handling.g. the DSL interpreter checks the composite model where the present DSL model (common model) is used and searches for a slot with the given name. Examples: The example shows a clock made with DSL using event( . double trigger (obligatory) The trigger signal. if the input signal trigger changes sign from .'name=OpenBreaker dtime=0. The external event must be stored locally in the DSL model. To specify the type use e.'name=this value=0 variable=xclock') clockout=xclock The following event calls an external event called 'OpenBreaker'. If any other name is given. 'EvtParam' for parameter event or 'EvtSwitch' for switch event. the event is applied to a singal of the present DSL model.de Tel: +49 (0)7072 9168-50 Fax: +49 (0)7072 9168-88 support@digsilent. The delay time is 0. depending on the trigger signal. event(1.to +. if yo changes sign from . The event is then applied to the element assigned to that slot. string ThisEvent (obligatory) Name of the event created (option 3) or the external event to be started (option 1/2).=1/Tclock reset_clock=select(xclock>1. the event can be executed.1. etc. which is stored and defined inside the DSL element.2') The following event is a simple undervoltage load-shedding relay.. the create and target parameters must be the first parameters that are listed.reset_clock.DIgSILENT PowerFactory Page 150 of 150 DSL Special Functions This function can create or call any kind of event for the DSL model itself or elements inside the network. The event in the event list will be called 'TripLoad'.2s.htm 07/10/2011 . The input signal is a clock signal with the time period Tclock.